/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: windows.cpp
+// Name: src/msw/windows.cpp
// Purpose: wxWindow
// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
+// Modified by: VZ on 13.05.99: no more Default(), MSWOnXXX() reorganisation
// Created: 04/01/98
// RCS-ID: $Id$
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
-// Licence: wxWindows license
+// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// ===========================================================================
+// declarations
+// ===========================================================================
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// headers
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
#ifdef __GNUG__
-#pragma implementation "window.h"
+ #pragma implementation "window.h"
#endif
// For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h".
#endif
#ifndef WX_PRECOMP
+ #include <windows.h>
+ #include "wx/msw/winundef.h"
+ #include "wx/window.h"
+ #include "wx/accel.h"
#include "wx/setup.h"
#include "wx/menu.h"
#include "wx/dc.h"
#include "wx/dcclient.h"
+ #include "wx/dcmemory.h"
#include "wx/utils.h"
#include "wx/app.h"
- #include "wx/panel.h"
#include "wx/layout.h"
#include "wx/dialog.h"
#include "wx/frame.h"
#include "wx/listbox.h"
#include "wx/button.h"
- #include "wx/settings.h"
#include "wx/msgdlg.h"
-
- #include <stdio.h>
+ #include "wx/settings.h"
+ #include "wx/statbox.h"
#endif
-#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
#include "wx/ownerdrw.h"
#endif
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
- #include "wx/msw/ole/droptgt.h"
+#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+ #include "wx/dnd.h"
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY
+ #include "wx/access.h"
+ #include <oleacc.h>
+ #ifndef WM_GETOBJECT
+ #define WM_GETOBJECT 0x003D
+ #endif
+ #ifndef OBJID_CLIENT
+ #define OBJID_CLIENT 0xFFFFFFFC
+ #endif
#endif
#include "wx/menuitem.h"
#include "wx/log.h"
-#include "wx/tooltip.h"
#include "wx/msw/private.h"
+#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+ #include "wx/tooltip.h"
+#endif
+
+#if wxUSE_CARET
+ #include "wx/caret.h"
+#endif // wxUSE_CARET
+
+#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
+ #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
+#endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
+
+#include "wx/intl.h"
+#include "wx/log.h"
+
+#include "wx/textctrl.h"
+#include "wx/notebook.h"
+
#include <string.h>
-#ifndef __GNUWIN32__
+#if (!defined(__GNUWIN32_OLD__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)) || defined(__CYGWIN10__)
#include <shellapi.h>
#include <mmsystem.h>
#endif
#include <windowsx.h>
#endif
-#if (defined(__WIN95__) && !defined(__GNUWIN32__)) || defined(__TWIN32__)
-#include <commctrl.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __TWIN32__
- #ifdef __GNUWIN32__
- #include <wx/msw/gnuwin32/extra.h>
+#if (!defined(__GNUWIN32_OLD__) && !defined(__TWIN32__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)) || defined(__CYGWIN10__)
+ #ifdef __WIN95__
+ #include <commctrl.h>
+ #endif
+#elif !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) // broken compiler
+ #ifndef __TWIN32__
+ #include "wx/msw/gnuwin32/extra.h"
#endif
#endif
-// all these are defined in <windows.h>
-#ifdef GetCharWidth
-#undef GetCharWidth
-#endif
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// standard constants not available with all compilers/headers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#ifdef FindWindow
-#undef FindWindow
+// This didn't appear in mingw until 2.95.2
+#ifndef SIF_TRACKPOS
+#define SIF_TRACKPOS 16
#endif
-#ifdef GetClassName
-#undef GetClassName
+#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
+ #ifndef WM_MOUSEWHEEL
+ #define WM_MOUSEWHEEL 0x020A
+ #endif
+ #ifndef WHEEL_DELTA
+ #define WHEEL_DELTA 120
+ #endif
+ #ifndef SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES
+ #define SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES 104
+ #endif
+#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
+
+#ifndef VK_OEM_1
+ #define VK_OEM_1 0xBA
+ #define VK_OEM_PLUS 0xBB
+ #define VK_OEM_COMMA 0xBC
+ #define VK_OEM_MINUS 0xBD
+ #define VK_OEM_PERIOD 0xBE
+ #define VK_OEM_2 0xBF
+ #define VK_OEM_3 0xC0
+ #define VK_OEM_4 0xDB
+ #define VK_OEM_5 0xDC
+ #define VK_OEM_6 0xDD
+ #define VK_OEM_7 0xDE
#endif
-#ifdef GetClassInfo
-#undef GetClassInfo
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// global variables
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// the last Windows message we got (FIXME-MT)
+extern MSG s_currentMsg;
+
+#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+wxMenu *wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL;
+#endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+
+extern const wxChar *wxCanvasClassName;
+
+// true if we had already created the std colour map, used by
+// wxGetStdColourMap() and wxWindow::OnSysColourChanged() (FIXME-MT)
+static bool gs_hasStdCmap = FALSE;
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// private functions
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// the window proc for all our windows
+#ifdef __DIGITALMARS__
+extern "C" LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message,
+ WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
+#else
+LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message,
+ WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
#endif
+
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
const char *wxGetMessageName(int message);
#endif //__WXDEBUG__
-#define WINDOW_MARGIN 3 // This defines sensitivity of Leave events
+void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win);
+#ifdef __DIGITALMARS__
+extern "C" void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win);
+#else
+extern void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win);
+#endif
+wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd);
-wxMenu *wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL;
-extern wxList WXDLLEXPORT wxPendingDelete;
+// this magical function is used to translate VK_APPS key presses to right
+// mouse clicks
+static void TranslateKbdEventToMouse(wxWindowMSW *win,
+ int *x, int *y, WPARAM *flags);
-void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindow *win);
-void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindow *win);
-wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd);
+// get the text metrics for the current font
+static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win);
-#if !USE_SHARED_LIBRARY
- IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindow, wxEvtHandler)
-#endif
+// find the window for the mouse event at the specified position
+static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y); //TW:REQ:Univ
+
+// wrapper around BringWindowToTop() API
+static inline void wxBringWindowToTop(HWND hwnd)
+{
+#ifdef __WXMICROWIN__
+ // It seems that MicroWindows brings the _parent_ of the window to the top,
+ // which can be the wrong one.
+
+ // activate (set focus to) specified window
+ ::SetFocus(hwnd);
+
+ // raise top level parent to top of z order
+ ::SetWindowPos(hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
+#else // !__WXMICROWIN__
+ if ( !::BringWindowToTop(hwnd) )
+ {
+ wxLogLastError(_T("BringWindowToTop"));
+ }
+#endif // __WXMICROWIN__/!__WXMICROWIN__
+}
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// event tables
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxWindow, wxEvtHandler)
- EVT_CHAR(wxWindow::OnChar)
- EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(wxWindow::OnEraseBackground)
- EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxWindow::OnSysColourChanged)
- EVT_INIT_DIALOG(wxWindow::OnInitDialog)
- EVT_IDLE(wxWindow::OnIdle)
+// in wxUniv/MSW this class is abstract because it doesn't have DoPopupMenu()
+// method
+#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
+ IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase)
+#else // __WXMSW__
+ IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindow, wxWindowBase)
+#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__/__WXMSW__
+
+BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase)
+ EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(wxWindowMSW::OnEraseBackground)
+ EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged)
+ EVT_INIT_DIALOG(wxWindowMSW::OnInitDialog)
+ EVT_IDLE(wxWindowMSW::OnIdle)
END_EVENT_TABLE()
+// ===========================================================================
+// implementation
+// ===========================================================================
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxWindow utility functions
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
// Find an item given the MS Windows id
-wxWindow *wxWindow::FindItem(int id) const
+wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItem(long id) const
{
-// if (!GetChildren())
-// return NULL;
- wxNode *current = GetChildren().First();
+#if wxUSE_CONTROLS
+ wxControl *item = wxDynamicCastThis(wxControl);
+ if ( item )
+ {
+ // is it we or one of our "internal" children?
+ if ( item->GetId() == id
+#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
+ || (item->GetSubcontrols().Index(id) != wxNOT_FOUND)
+#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__
+ )
+ {
+ return item;
+ }
+ }
+#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
+
+ wxWindowList::Node *current = GetChildren().GetFirst();
while (current)
{
- wxWindow *childWin = (wxWindow *)current->Data();
+ wxWindow *childWin = current->GetData();
- wxWindow *wnd = childWin->FindItem(id) ;
- if (wnd)
- return wnd ;
+ wxWindow *wnd = childWin->FindItem(id);
+ if ( wnd )
+ return wnd;
- if (childWin->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)))
- {
- wxControl *item = (wxControl *)childWin;
- if (item->GetId() == id)
- return item;
- else
- {
- // In case it's a 'virtual' control (e.g. radiobox)
- if (item->GetSubcontrols().Member((wxObject *)id))
- return item;
- }
- }
- current = current->Next();
+ current = current->GetNext();
}
+
return NULL;
}
// Find an item given the MS Windows handle
-wxWindow *wxWindow::FindItemByHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool controlOnly) const
+wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItemByHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool controlOnly) const
{
-// if (!GetChildren())
-// return NULL;
- wxNode *current = GetChildren().First();
+ wxWindowList::Node *current = GetChildren().GetFirst();
while (current)
{
- wxObject *obj = (wxObject *)current->Data() ;
- // Do a recursive search.
- wxWindow *parent = (wxWindow *)obj ;
- wxWindow *wnd = parent->FindItemByHWND(hWnd) ;
- if (wnd)
- return wnd ;
+ wxWindow *parent = current->GetData();
- if ((!controlOnly) || obj->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)))
+ // Do a recursive search.
+ wxWindow *wnd = parent->FindItemByHWND(hWnd);
+ if ( wnd )
+ return wnd;
+
+ if ( !controlOnly
+#if wxUSE_CONTROLS
+ || parent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl))
+#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
+ )
{
- wxWindow *item = (wxWindow *)current->Data();
- if ((HWND)(item->GetHWND()) == (HWND) hWnd)
+ wxWindow *item = current->GetData();
+ if ( item->GetHWND() == hWnd )
return item;
else
{
return item;
}
}
- current = current->Next();
+
+ current = current->GetNext();
}
return NULL;
}
// Default command handler
-bool wxWindow::MSWCommand(WXUINT WXUNUSED(param), WXWORD WXUNUSED(id))
-{
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-bool wxWindow::MSWNotify(WXWPARAM WXUNUSED(wParam),
- WXLPARAM lParam,
- WXLPARAM* WXUNUSED(result))
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCommand(WXUINT WXUNUSED(param), WXWORD WXUNUSED(id))
{
-#ifdef __WIN95__
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
- NMHDR* hdr = (NMHDR *)lParam;
- if ( hdr->code == TTN_NEEDTEXT && m_tooltip )
- {
- TOOLTIPTEXT *ttt = (TOOLTIPTEXT *)lParam;
- ttt->lpszText = (char *)m_tooltip->GetTip().c_str();
-
- // processed
- return TRUE;
- }
-#endif
-#endif
-
return FALSE;
}
-void wxWindow::PreDelete(WXHDC WXUNUSED(dc))
-{
-}
-
-WXHWND wxWindow::GetHWND(void) const
-{
- return (WXHWND) m_hWnd;
-}
-
-void wxWindow::SetHWND(WXHWND hWnd)
-{
- m_hWnd = hWnd;
-}
-
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// constructors and such
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-void wxWindow::Init()
+void wxWindowMSW::Init()
{
- // Generic
- m_windowId = 0;
- m_isShown = TRUE;
- m_windowStyle = 0;
- m_windowParent = NULL;
- m_windowEventHandler = this;
- m_windowCursor = *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR;
- m_children = new wxList;
- m_doubleClickAllowed = 0 ;
- m_winCaptured = FALSE;
- m_constraints = NULL;
- m_constraintsInvolvedIn = NULL;
- m_windowSizer = NULL;
- m_sizerParent = NULL;
- m_autoLayout = FALSE;
- m_windowValidator = NULL;
-
- // MSW-specific
- m_hWnd = 0;
- m_winEnabled = TRUE;
- m_caretWidth = m_caretHeight = 0;
- m_caretEnabled =
- m_caretShown = FALSE;
- m_inOnSize = FALSE;
- m_minSizeX =
- m_minSizeY =
- m_maxSizeX =
- m_maxSizeY = -1;
+ // generic
+ InitBase();
+ // MSW specific
m_isBeingDeleted = FALSE;
- m_oldWndProc = 0;
-#ifndef __WIN32__
- m_globalHandle = 0;
-#endif
+ m_oldWndProc = NULL;
m_useCtl3D = FALSE;
m_mouseInWindow = FALSE;
+ m_lastKeydownProcessed = FALSE;
- m_windowParent = NULL;
- m_defaultItem = NULL;
-
- wxSystemSettings settings;
-
- m_backgroundColour = settings.GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE) ;
- m_foregroundColour = *wxBLACK;
+ m_childrenDisabled = NULL;
// wxWnd
- m_lastMsg = 0;
- m_lastWParam = 0;
- m_lastLParam = 0;
m_hMenu = 0;
+ m_hWnd = 0;
+
m_xThumbSize = 0;
m_yThumbSize = 0;
m_backgroundTransparent = FALSE;
- m_lastXPos = (float)-1.0;
- m_lastYPos = (float)-1.0;
- m_lastEvent = -1;
- m_returnCode = 0;
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
- m_pDropTarget = NULL;
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
- m_tooltip = NULL;
-#endif
-}
+ // as all windows are created with WS_VISIBLE style...
+ m_isShown = TRUE;
-wxWindow::wxWindow()
-{
- Init();
+#if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
+ m_lastMouseX =
+ m_lastMouseY = -1;
+ m_lastMouseEvent = -1;
+#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
}
// Destructor
-wxWindow::~wxWindow()
+wxWindowMSW::~wxWindowMSW()
{
- // Remove potential dangling pointer
- if (GetParent() && GetParent()->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxPanel)))
- {
- wxPanel* panel = (wxPanel*) GetParent();
- if (panel->GetLastFocus() == this)
- panel->SetLastFocus((wxWindow*) NULL);
- }
-
m_isBeingDeleted = TRUE;
- // first of all, delete the things on which nothing else depends
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
- wxDELETE(m_tooltip);
-#endif
-
- // JACS - if behaviour is odd, restore this
- // to the start of ~wxWindow. Vadim has changed
- // it to nearer the end. Unsure of side-effects
- // e.g. when deleting associated global data.
- // Restore old Window proc, if required
- // UnsubclassWin();
-
- // Have to delete constraints/sizer FIRST otherwise
- // sizers may try to look at deleted windows as they
- // delete themselves.
-#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS
- DeleteRelatedConstraints();
-
- if (m_constraints)
+#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
+ // VS: make sure there's no wxFrame with last focus set to us:
+ for ( wxWindow *win = GetParent(); win; win = win->GetParent() )
{
- // This removes any dangling pointers to this window
- // in other windows' constraintsInvolvedIn lists.
- UnsetConstraints(m_constraints);
- delete m_constraints;
- m_constraints = NULL;
+ wxTopLevelWindow *frame = wxDynamicCast(win, wxTopLevelWindow);
+ if ( frame )
+ {
+ if ( frame->GetLastFocus() == this )
+ {
+ frame->SetLastFocus(NULL);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
}
+#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__
- wxDELETE(m_windowSizer);
-
- // If this is a child of a sizer, remove self from parent
- if (m_sizerParent)
- m_sizerParent->RemoveChild((wxWindow *)this);
-#endif
-
- // wxWnd
- MSWDetachWindowMenu();
-
- if (m_windowParent)
- m_windowParent->RemoveChild(this);
-
+ // VS: destroy children first and _then_ detach *this from its parent.
+ // If we'd do it the other way around, children wouldn't be able
+ // find their parent frame (see above).
DestroyChildren();
- if (m_hWnd)
- ::DestroyWindow((HWND)m_hWnd);
+ if ( m_parent )
+ m_parent->RemoveChild(this);
- wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this);
- m_hWnd = 0;
-#ifndef __WIN32__
- if (m_globalHandle)
+ if ( m_hWnd )
{
- GlobalFree((HGLOBAL) m_globalHandle);
- m_globalHandle = 0;
- }
-#endif
-
- delete m_children;
- m_children = NULL;
-
- // Just in case the window has been Closed, but
- // we're then deleting immediately: don't leave
- // dangling pointers.
- wxPendingDelete.DeleteObject(this);
-
- // Just in case we've loaded a top-level window via
- // wxWindow::LoadNativeDialog but we weren't a dialog
- // class
- wxTopLevelWindows.DeleteObject(this);
-
- if ( m_windowValidator )
- delete m_windowValidator;
+ // VZ: test temp removed to understand what really happens here
+ //if (::IsWindow(GetHwnd()))
+ {
+ if ( !::DestroyWindow(GetHwnd()) )
+ wxLogLastError(wxT("DestroyWindow"));
+ }
- // Restore old Window proc, if required
- // and remove hWnd <-> wxWindow association
- UnsubclassWin();
-}
+ // remove hWnd <-> wxWindow association
+ wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this);
+ }
-// Destroy the window (delayed, if a managed window)
-bool wxWindow::Destroy()
-{
- delete this;
- return TRUE;
+ delete m_childrenDisabled;
}
-extern char wxCanvasClassName[];
-
// real construction (Init() must have been called before!)
-bool wxWindow::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- long style,
- const wxString& name)
+bool wxWindowMSW::Create(wxWindow *parent,
+ wxWindowID id,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ long style,
+ const wxString& name)
{
- wxCHECK_MSG( parent, FALSE, "can't create wxWindow without parent" );
+ wxCHECK_MSG( parent, FALSE, wxT("can't create wxWindow without parent") );
- parent->AddChild(this);
+ if ( !CreateBase(parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name) )
+ return FALSE;
- SetName(name);
+ parent->AddChild(this);
- if ( id == -1 )
- m_windowId = (int)NewControlId();
+ WXDWORD exstyle;
+ DWORD msflags = MSWGetCreateWindowFlags(&exstyle);
+
+#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
+ // no borders, we draw them ourselves
+ exstyle &= ~(WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME |
+ WS_EX_STATICEDGE |
+ WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE |
+ WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE);
+ msflags &= ~WS_BORDER;
+#endif // wxUniversal
+
+ // all windows are created visible by default except popup ones (which are
+ // like the wxTopLevelWindows in this aspect)
+ if ( style & wxPOPUP_WINDOW )
+ {
+ msflags &= ~WS_VISIBLE;
+ m_isShown = FALSE;
+ }
else
- m_windowId = id;
-
- int x = pos.x;
- int y = pos.y;
- int width = size.x;
- int height = size.y;
-
- // To be consistent with wxGTK
- if (width == -1)
- width = 20;
- if (height == -1)
- height = 20;
-
- wxSystemSettings settings;
-
- m_windowStyle = style;
-
- DWORD msflags = 0;
- if (style & wxBORDER)
- msflags |= WS_BORDER;
- if (style & wxTHICK_FRAME)
- msflags |= WS_THICKFRAME;
-
- msflags |= WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE;
- if (style & wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
- msflags |= WS_CLIPCHILDREN;
+ {
+ msflags |= WS_VISIBLE;
+ }
- bool want3D;
- WXDWORD exStyle = Determine3DEffects(WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE, &want3D) ;
+ return MSWCreate(wxCanvasClassName, NULL, pos, size, msflags, exstyle);
+}
- // Even with extended styles, need to combine with WS_BORDER
- // for them to look right.
- if (want3D || (m_windowStyle & wxSIMPLE_BORDER) || (m_windowStyle & wxRAISED_BORDER) ||
- (m_windowStyle & wxSUNKEN_BORDER) || (m_windowStyle & wxDOUBLE_BORDER))
- msflags |= WS_BORDER;
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// basic operations
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- MSWCreate(m_windowId, parent, wxCanvasClassName, this, NULL,
- x, y, width, height, msflags, NULL, exStyle);
+void wxWindowMSW::SetFocus()
+{
+ HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+ wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, _T("can't set focus to invalid window") );
- return TRUE;
-}
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+ ::SetLastError(0);
+#endif
-void wxWindow::SetFocus()
-{
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
- if (hWnd)
- ::SetFocus(hWnd);
+ if ( !::SetFocus(hWnd) )
+ {
+#if defined(__WXDEBUG__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)
+ // was there really an error?
+ DWORD dwRes = ::GetLastError();
+ if ( dwRes )
+ {
+ HWND hwndFocus = ::GetFocus();
+ if ( hwndFocus != hWnd )
+ {
+ wxLogApiError(_T("SetFocus"), dwRes);
+ }
+ }
+#endif // Debug
+ }
}
-void wxWindow::Enable(bool enable)
+void wxWindowMSW::SetFocusFromKbd()
{
- m_winEnabled = enable;
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
- if (hWnd)
- ::EnableWindow(hWnd, (BOOL)enable);
-}
+ wxWindowBase::SetFocusFromKbd();
-void wxWindow::CaptureMouse()
-{
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
- if (hWnd && !m_winCaptured)
+ // when the focus is given to the control with DLGC_HASSETSEL style from
+ // keyboard its contents should be entirely selected: this is what
+ // ::IsDialogMessage() does and so we should do it as well to provide the
+ // same LNF as the native programs
+ if ( ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0) & DLGC_HASSETSEL )
{
- SetCapture(hWnd);
- m_winCaptured = TRUE;
+ ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), EM_SETSEL, 0, -1);
}
}
-void wxWindow::ReleaseMouse()
+// Get the window with the focus
+wxWindow *wxWindowBase::FindFocus()
{
- if (m_winCaptured)
+ HWND hWnd = ::GetFocus();
+ if ( hWnd )
{
- ReleaseCapture();
- m_winCaptured = FALSE;
+ return wxGetWindowFromHWND((WXHWND)hWnd);
}
+
+ return NULL;
}
-void wxWindow::SetAcceleratorTable(const wxAcceleratorTable& accel)
+bool wxWindowMSW::Enable(bool enable)
{
- m_acceleratorTable = accel;
-}
+ if ( !wxWindowBase::Enable(enable) )
+ return FALSE;
+ HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+ if ( hWnd )
+ ::EnableWindow(hWnd, (BOOL)enable);
-// Push/pop event handler (i.e. allow a chain of event handlers
-// be searched)
-void wxWindow::PushEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler)
-{
- handler->SetNextHandler(GetEventHandler());
- SetEventHandler(handler);
-}
+ // the logic below doesn't apply to the top level windows -- otherwise
+ // showing a modal dialog would result in total greying out (and ungreying
+ // out later) of everything which would be really ugly
+ if ( IsTopLevel() )
+ return TRUE;
-wxEvtHandler *wxWindow::PopEventHandler(bool deleteHandler)
-{
- if ( GetEventHandler() )
+ // when the parent is disabled, all of its children should be disabled as
+ // well but when it is enabled back, only those of the children which
+ // hadn't been already disabled in the beginning should be enabled again,
+ // so we have to keep the list of those children
+ for ( wxWindowList::Node *node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+ node;
+ node = node->GetNext() )
{
- wxEvtHandler *handlerA = GetEventHandler();
- wxEvtHandler *handlerB = handlerA->GetNextHandler();
- handlerA->SetNextHandler(NULL);
- SetEventHandler(handlerB);
- if ( deleteHandler )
+ wxWindow *child = node->GetData();
+ if ( child->IsTopLevel() )
{
- delete handlerA;
- return NULL;
+ // the logic below doesn't apply to top level children
+ continue;
}
- else
- return handlerA;
- }
- else
- return NULL;
-}
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+ if ( enable )
+ {
+ // enable the child back unless it had been disabled before us
+ if ( !m_childrenDisabled || !m_childrenDisabled->Find(child) )
+ child->Enable();
+ }
+ else // we're being disabled
+ {
+ if ( child->IsEnabled() )
+ {
+ // disable it as children shouldn't stay enabled while the
+ // parent is not
+ child->Disable();
+ }
+ else // child already disabled, remember it
+ {
+ // have we created the list of disabled children already?
+ if ( !m_childrenDisabled )
+ m_childrenDisabled = new wxWindowList;
+
+ m_childrenDisabled->Append(child);
+ }
+ }
+ }
-void wxWindow::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *pDropTarget)
-{
- if ( m_pDropTarget != 0 ) {
- m_pDropTarget->Revoke(m_hWnd);
- delete m_pDropTarget;
+ if ( enable && m_childrenDisabled )
+ {
+ // we don't need this list any more, don't keep unused memory
+ delete m_childrenDisabled;
+ m_childrenDisabled = NULL;
}
- m_pDropTarget = pDropTarget;
- if ( m_pDropTarget != 0 )
- m_pDropTarget->Register(m_hWnd);
+ return TRUE;
}
-#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
-
-//old style file-manager drag&drop support
-// I think we should retain the old-style
-// DragAcceptFiles in parallel with SetDropTarget.
-// JACS
-void wxWindow::DragAcceptFiles(bool accept)
+bool wxWindowMSW::Show(bool show)
{
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
- if (hWnd)
- ::DragAcceptFiles(hWnd, (BOOL)accept);
-}
+ if ( !wxWindowBase::Show(show) )
+ return FALSE;
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// tooltips
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+ int cshow = show ? SW_SHOW : SW_HIDE;
+ ::ShowWindow(hWnd, cshow);
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+ if ( show )
+ {
+ wxBringWindowToTop(hWnd);
+ }
-void wxWindow::SetToolTip(const wxString &tip)
-{
- SetToolTip(new wxToolTip(tip));
+ return TRUE;
}
-void wxWindow::SetToolTip(wxToolTip *tooltip)
+// Raise the window to the top of the Z order
+void wxWindowMSW::Raise()
{
- if ( m_tooltip )
- delete m_tooltip;
-
- m_tooltip = tooltip;
- m_tooltip->SetWindow(this);
+ wxBringWindowToTop(GetHwnd());
}
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
-// Get total size
-void wxWindow::GetSize(int *x, int *y) const
+// Lower the window to the bottom of the Z order
+void wxWindowMSW::Lower()
{
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
- RECT rect;
- GetWindowRect(hWnd, &rect);
- *x = rect.right - rect.left;
- *y = rect.bottom - rect.top;
+ ::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
}
-void wxWindow::GetPosition(int *x, int *y) const
+void wxWindowMSW::SetTitle( const wxString& title)
{
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
- HWND hParentWnd = 0;
- if (GetParent())
- hParentWnd = (HWND) GetParent()->GetHWND();
+ SetWindowText(GetHwnd(), title.c_str());
+}
- RECT rect;
- GetWindowRect(hWnd, &rect);
+wxString wxWindowMSW::GetTitle() const
+{
+ return wxGetWindowText(GetHWND());
+}
- // Since we now have the absolute screen coords,
- // if there's a parent we must subtract its top left corner
- POINT point;
- point.x = rect.left;
- point.y = rect.top;
- if (hParentWnd)
+void wxWindowMSW::DoCaptureMouse()
+{
+ HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+ if ( hWnd )
{
- ::ScreenToClient(hParentWnd, &point);
+ ::SetCapture(hWnd);
}
+}
- // We may be faking the client origin.
- // So a window that's really at (0, 30) may appear
- // (to wxWin apps) to be at (0, 0).
- if (GetParent())
+void wxWindowMSW::DoReleaseMouse()
+{
+ if ( !::ReleaseCapture() )
{
- wxPoint pt(GetParent()->GetClientAreaOrigin());
- point.x -= pt.x;
- point.y -= pt.y;
+ wxLogLastError(_T("ReleaseCapture"));
}
- *x = point.x;
- *y = point.y;
}
-void wxWindow::ScreenToClient(int *x, int *y) const
+/* static */ wxWindow *wxWindowBase::GetCapture()
{
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
- POINT pt;
- pt.x = *x;
- pt.y = *y;
-
- ::ScreenToClient(hWnd, &pt);
-
- *x = pt.x;
- *y = pt.y;
+ HWND hwnd = ::GetCapture();
+ return hwnd ? wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwnd) : (wxWindow *)NULL;
}
-void wxWindow::ClientToScreen(int *x, int *y) const
+bool wxWindowMSW::SetFont(const wxFont& font)
{
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
- POINT pt;
- pt.x = *x;
- pt.y = *y;
+ if ( !wxWindowBase::SetFont(font) )
+ {
+ // nothing to do
+ return FALSE;
+ }
- ::ClientToScreen(hWnd, &pt);
+ HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+ if ( hWnd != 0 )
+ {
+ WXHANDLE hFont = m_font.GetResourceHandle();
- *x = pt.x;
- *y = pt.y;
-}
+ wxASSERT_MSG( hFont, wxT("should have valid font") );
-void wxWindow::SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor)
+ ::SendMessage(hWnd, WM_SETFONT, (WPARAM)hFont, MAKELPARAM(TRUE, 0));
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+bool wxWindowMSW::SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor)
{
- m_windowCursor = cursor;
- if (m_windowCursor.Ok())
+ if ( !wxWindowBase::SetCursor(cursor) )
{
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
+ // no change
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if ( m_cursor.Ok() )
+ {
+ HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
// Change the cursor NOW if we're within the correct window
POINT point;
::GetCursorPos(&point);
- RECT rect;
- ::GetWindowRect(hWnd, &rect);
+ RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(hWnd);
- if (::PtInRect(&rect, point) && !wxIsBusy())
- ::SetCursor((HCURSOR) m_windowCursor.GetHCURSOR());
+ if ( ::PtInRect(&rect, point) && !wxIsBusy() )
+ ::SetCursor(GetHcursorOf(m_cursor));
}
- // This will cause big reentrancy problems if wxFlushEvents is implemented.
- // wxFlushEvents();
- // return old_cursor;
+ return TRUE;
}
-
-// Get size *available for subwindows* i.e. excluding menu bar etc.
-void wxWindow::GetClientSize(int *x, int *y) const
+void wxWindowMSW::WarpPointer (int x, int y)
{
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
- RECT rect;
- GetClientRect(hWnd, &rect);
- *x = rect.right;
- *y = rect.bottom;
+ ClientToScreen(&x, &y);
+
+ if ( !::SetCursorPos(x, y) )
+ {
+ wxLogLastError(_T("SetCursorPos"));
+ }
}
-void wxWindow::SetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
+#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
+void wxWindowMSW::MSWDeviceToLogical (float *x, float *y) const
{
- int currentX, currentY;
- GetPosition(¤tX, ¤tY);
- int currentW,currentH;
- GetSize(¤tW, ¤tH);
+}
+#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
- if (x == currentX && y == currentY && width == currentW && height == currentH)
- return;
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// scrolling stuff
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- int actualWidth = width;
- int actualHeight = height;
- int actualX = x;
- int actualY = y;
- if (x == -1 || (sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE))
- actualX = currentX;
- if (y == -1 || (sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE))
- actualY = currentY;
+#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
+void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollRange(int orient, int range, bool refresh)
+{
+#if defined(__WIN95__)
- AdjustForParentClientOrigin(actualX, actualY, sizeFlags);
+ int range1 = range;
- if (width == -1)
- actualWidth = currentW ;
- if (height == -1)
- actualHeight = currentH ;
+ // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
+ // - a Windows API quirk
+ int pageSize = GetScrollPage(orient);
+ if ( pageSize > 1 && range > 0)
+ {
+ range1 += (pageSize - 1);
+ }
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
- if (hWnd)
- MoveWindow(hWnd, actualX, actualY, actualWidth, actualHeight, (BOOL)TRUE);
-}
+ SCROLLINFO info;
+ int dir;
-void wxWindow::SetClientSize(int width, int height)
-{
- wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
- HWND hParentWnd = (HWND) (HWND) parent->GetHWND();
+ if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL ) {
+ dir = SB_HORZ;
+ } else {
+ dir = SB_VERT;
+ }
- RECT rect;
- GetClientRect(hWnd, &rect);
+ info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
+ info.nPage = pageSize; // Have to set this, or scrollbar goes awry
+ info.nMin = 0;
+ info.nMax = range1;
+ info.nPos = 0;
+ info.fMask = SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE;
- RECT rect2;
- GetWindowRect(hWnd, &rect2);
+ HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+ if ( hWnd )
+ ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
+#else
+ int wOrient;
+ if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
+ wOrient = SB_HORZ;
+ else
+ wOrient = SB_VERT;
- // Find the difference between the entire window (title bar and all)
- // and the client area; add this to the new client size to move the
- // window
- int actual_width = rect2.right - rect2.left - rect.right + width;
- int actual_height = rect2.bottom - rect2.top - rect.bottom + height;
+ HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+ if ( hWnd )
+ ::SetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, 0, range, refresh);
+#endif
+}
- // If there's a parent, must subtract the parent's top left corner
- // since MoveWindow moves relative to the parent
+void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollPage(int orient, int page, bool refresh)
+{
+#if defined(__WIN95__)
+ SCROLLINFO info;
+ int dir;
- POINT point;
- point.x = rect2.left;
- point.y = rect2.top;
- if (parent)
- {
- ::ScreenToClient(hParentWnd, &point);
+ if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL ) {
+ dir = SB_HORZ;
+ m_xThumbSize = page;
+ } else {
+ dir = SB_VERT;
+ m_yThumbSize = page;
}
- MoveWindow(hWnd, point.x, point.y, actual_width, actual_height, (BOOL)TRUE);
+ info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
+ info.nPage = page;
+ info.nMin = 0;
+ info.fMask = SIF_PAGE;
- wxSizeEvent event(wxSize(width, height), m_windowId);
- event.SetEventObject(this);
- GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+ HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+ if ( hWnd )
+ ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
+#else
+ if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
+ m_xThumbSize = page;
+ else
+ m_yThumbSize = page;
+#endif
}
-// For implementation purposes - sometimes decorations make the client area
-// smaller
-wxPoint wxWindow::GetClientAreaOrigin() const
+int wxWindowMSW::OldGetScrollRange(int orient) const
{
- return wxPoint(0, 0);
-}
+ int wOrient;
+ if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
+ wOrient = SB_HORZ;
+ else
+ wOrient = SB_VERT;
-// Makes an adjustment to the window position (for example, a frame that has
-// a toolbar that it manages itself).
-void wxWindow::AdjustForParentClientOrigin(int& x, int& y, int sizeFlags)
-{
- if (((sizeFlags & wxSIZE_NO_ADJUSTMENTS) == 0) && GetParent())
+#if __WATCOMC__ && defined(__WINDOWS_386__)
+ short minPos, maxPos;
+#else
+ int minPos, maxPos;
+#endif
+ HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+ if ( hWnd )
{
- wxPoint pt(GetParent()->GetClientAreaOrigin());
- x += pt.x; y += pt.y;
+ ::GetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, &minPos, &maxPos);
+#if defined(__WIN95__)
+ // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
+ // - a Windows API quirk
+ int pageSize = GetScrollPage(orient);
+ if ( pageSize > 1 )
+ {
+ maxPos -= (pageSize - 1);
+ }
+#endif
+ return maxPos;
}
+ else
+ return 0;
}
-bool wxWindow::Show(bool show)
+int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollPage(int orient) const
{
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
- int cshow;
- if (show)
- cshow = SW_SHOW;
+ if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
+ return m_xThumbSize;
else
- cshow = SW_HIDE;
- ShowWindow(hWnd, (BOOL)cshow);
- if (show)
- {
- BringWindowToTop(hWnd);
- // Next line causes a crash on NT, apparently.
- // UpdateWindow(hWnd); // Should this be here or will it cause inefficiency?
- }
- return TRUE;
+ return m_yThumbSize;
}
-bool wxWindow::IsShown(void) const
+#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
+
+inline int GetScrollPosition(HWND hWnd, int wOrient)
{
- return (::IsWindowVisible((HWND) GetHWND()) != 0);
+#ifdef __WXMICROWIN__
+ return ::GetScrollPosWX(hWnd, wOrient);
+#else
+ return ::GetScrollPos(hWnd, wOrient);
+#endif
}
-int wxWindow::GetCharHeight(void) const
+int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollPos(int orient) const
{
- TEXTMETRIC lpTextMetric;
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
- HDC dc = ::GetDC(hWnd);
+ int wOrient;
+ if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
+ wOrient = SB_HORZ;
+ else
+ wOrient = SB_VERT;
- GetTextMetrics(dc, &lpTextMetric);
- ::ReleaseDC(hWnd, dc);
+ HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+ wxCHECK_MSG( hWnd, 0, _T("no HWND in GetScrollPos") );
- return lpTextMetric.tmHeight;
+ return GetScrollPosition(hWnd, wOrient);
}
-int wxWindow::GetCharWidth(void) const
+// This now returns the whole range, not just the number
+// of positions that we can scroll.
+int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollRange(int orient) const
{
- TEXTMETRIC lpTextMetric;
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
- HDC dc = ::GetDC(hWnd);
+ int wOrient;
+ if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
+ wOrient = SB_HORZ;
+ else
+ wOrient = SB_VERT;
+
+#if __WATCOMC__ && defined(__WINDOWS_386__)
+ short minPos, maxPos;
+#else
+ int minPos, maxPos;
+#endif
+ HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+ if ( hWnd )
+ {
+ ::GetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, &minPos, &maxPos);
+#if defined(__WIN95__)
+ // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
+ // - a Windows API quirk
+ int pageSize = GetScrollThumb(orient);
+ if ( pageSize > 1 )
+ {
+ maxPos -= (pageSize - 1);
+ }
+ // October 10th: new range concept.
+ maxPos += pageSize;
+#endif
- GetTextMetrics(dc, &lpTextMetric);
- ::ReleaseDC(hWnd, dc);
+ return maxPos;
+ }
+ else
+ return 0;
+}
- return lpTextMetric.tmAveCharWidth;
+int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollThumb(int orient) const
+{
+ if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
+ return m_xThumbSize;
+ else
+ return m_yThumbSize;
}
-void wxWindow::GetTextExtent(const wxString& string, int *x, int *y,
- int *descent, int *externalLeading, const wxFont *theFont, bool) const
+void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollPos(int orient, int pos, bool refresh)
{
- wxFont *fontToUse = (wxFont *)theFont;
- if (!fontToUse)
- fontToUse = (wxFont *) & m_windowFont;
+ HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+ wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, _T("SetScrollPos: no HWND") );
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
- HDC dc = ::GetDC(hWnd);
+ int dir = orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT;
- HFONT fnt = 0;
- HFONT was = 0;
- if (fontToUse && fontToUse->Ok())
+#if defined(__WIN95__)
+ SCROLLINFO info;
+ info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
+ info.nPage = 0;
+ info.nMin = 0;
+ info.nPos = pos;
+ info.fMask = SIF_POS;
+
+ ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
+#else // !__WIN95__
+ ::SetScrollPos(hWnd, dir, pos, refresh);
+#endif // __WIN95__/!__WIN95__
+}
+
+// New function that will replace some of the above.
+void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollbar(int orient, int pos, int thumbVisible,
+ int range, bool refresh)
+{
+#if defined(__WIN95__)
+ int oldRange = range - thumbVisible;
+
+ int range1 = oldRange;
+
+ // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
+ // - a Windows API quirk
+ int pageSize = thumbVisible;
+ if ( pageSize > 1 && range > 0)
{
- fnt = (HFONT)fontToUse->GetResourceHandle();
- if ( fnt )
- was = (HFONT) SelectObject(dc,fnt) ;
+ range1 += (pageSize - 1);
}
- SIZE sizeRect;
- TEXTMETRIC tm;
- GetTextExtentPoint(dc, (const char *)string, (int)string.Length(), &sizeRect);
- GetTextMetrics(dc, &tm);
+ SCROLLINFO info;
+ int dir;
+
+ if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL ) {
+ dir = SB_HORZ;
+ } else {
+ dir = SB_VERT;
+ }
- if (fontToUse && fnt && was)
- SelectObject(dc,was) ;
+ info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
+ info.nPage = pageSize; // Have to set this, or scrollbar goes awry
+ info.nMin = 0;
+ info.nMax = range1;
+ info.nPos = pos;
+ info.fMask = SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS;
- ReleaseDC(hWnd, dc);
+ HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+ if ( hWnd )
+ ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
+#else
+ int wOrient;
+ if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
+ wOrient = SB_HORZ;
+ else
+ wOrient = SB_VERT;
+
+ HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+ if ( hWnd )
+ {
+ ::SetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, 0, range, FALSE);
+ ::SetScrollPos(hWnd, wOrient, pos, refresh);
+ }
+#endif
+ if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL ) {
+ m_xThumbSize = thumbVisible;
+ } else {
+ m_yThumbSize = thumbVisible;
+ }
+}
- *x = sizeRect.cx;
- *y = sizeRect.cy;
- if (descent) *descent = tm.tmDescent;
- if (externalLeading) *externalLeading = tm.tmExternalLeading;
+void wxWindowMSW::ScrollWindow(int dx, int dy, const wxRect *prect)
+{
+ RECT rect;
+ RECT *pr;
+ if ( prect )
+ {
+ rect.left = prect->x;
+ rect.top = prect->y;
+ rect.right = prect->x + prect->width;
+ rect.bottom = prect->y + prect->height;
+ pr = ▭
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pr = NULL;
+ }
- // if (fontToUse)
- // fontToUse->ReleaseResource();
+ ::ScrollWindow(GetHwnd(), dx, dy, pr, pr);
}
-void wxWindow::Refresh(bool eraseBack, const wxRect *rect)
+static bool ScrollVertically(HWND hwnd, int kind, int count)
{
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
- if (hWnd)
+ int posStart = GetScrollPosition(hwnd, SB_VERT);
+
+ int pos = posStart;
+ for ( int n = 0; n < count; n++ )
{
- if (rect)
- {
- RECT mswRect;
- mswRect.left = rect->x;
- mswRect.top = rect->y;
- mswRect.right = rect->x + rect->width;
- mswRect.bottom = rect->y + rect->height;
+ ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_VSCROLL, kind, 0);
- ::InvalidateRect(hWnd, &mswRect, eraseBack);
+ int posNew = GetScrollPosition(hwnd, SB_VERT);
+ if ( posNew == pos )
+ {
+ // don't bother to continue, we're already at top/bottom
+ break;
}
- else
- ::InvalidateRect(hWnd, NULL, eraseBack);
+
+ pos = posNew;
}
+
+ return pos != posStart;
}
-bool wxWindow::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event)
+bool wxWindowMSW::ScrollLines(int lines)
{
- // we save here the information about the last message because it might be
- // overwritten if the event handler sends any messages to our window (case
- // in point: wxNotebook::OnSize) - and then if we call Default() later
- // (which is done quite often if the message is not processed) it will use
- // incorrect values for m_lastXXX variables
- WXUINT lastMsg = m_lastMsg;
- WXWPARAM lastWParam = m_lastWParam;
- WXLPARAM lastLParam = m_lastLParam;
+ bool down = lines > 0;
- // call the base version
- bool bProcessed = wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(event);
+ return ScrollVertically(GetHwnd(),
+ down ? SB_LINEDOWN : SB_LINEUP,
+ down ? lines : -lines);
+}
- // restore
- m_lastMsg = lastMsg;
- m_lastWParam = lastWParam;
- m_lastLParam = lastLParam;
+bool wxWindowMSW::ScrollPages(int pages)
+{
+ bool down = pages > 0;
- return bProcessed;
+ return ScrollVertically(GetHwnd(),
+ down ? SB_PAGEDOWN : SB_PAGEUP,
+ down ? pages : -pages);
}
-// Hook for new window just as it's being created,
-// when the window isn't yet associated with the handle
-wxWindow *wxWndHook = NULL;
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// subclassing
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Main window proc
-LRESULT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+void wxWindowMSW::SubclassWin(WXHWND hWnd)
{
- wxWindow *wnd = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
+ wxASSERT_MSG( !m_oldWndProc, wxT("subclassing window twice?") );
- if (!wnd && wxWndHook)
- {
- wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hWnd, wxWndHook);
- wnd = wxWndHook;
- wxWndHook = NULL;
- wnd->m_hWnd = (WXHWND) hWnd;
- }
+ HWND hwnd = (HWND)hWnd;
+ wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in SubclassWin") );
- // Stop right here if we don't have a valid handle in our wxWindow object.
- if (wnd && !wnd->m_hWnd) {
- wnd->m_hWnd = (WXHWND) hWnd;
- long res = wnd->MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
- wnd->m_hWnd = 0;
- return res;
- }
+ wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hwnd, this);
+
+ m_oldWndProc = (WXFARPROC)::GetWindowLong((HWND)hWnd, GWL_WNDPROC);
- if (wnd) {
- wnd->m_lastMsg = message;
- wnd->m_lastWParam = wParam;
- wnd->m_lastLParam = lParam;
+ // we don't need to subclass the window of our own class (in the Windows
+ // sense of the word)
+ if ( !wxCheckWindowWndProc(hWnd, (WXFARPROC)wxWndProc) )
+ {
+ ::SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_WNDPROC, (LONG) wxWndProc);
}
- if (wnd)
- return wnd->MSWWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam);
else
- return DefWindowProc( hWnd, message, wParam, lParam );
+ {
+ // don't bother restoring it neither: this also makes it easy to
+ // implement IsOfStandardClass() method which returns TRUE for the
+ // standard controls and FALSE for the wxWindows own windows as it can
+ // simply check m_oldWndProc
+ m_oldWndProc = NULL;
+ }
}
-// Should probably have a test for 'genuine' NT
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
- #define DIMENSION_TYPE short
-#else
- #define DIMENSION_TYPE int
-#endif
-
-// Main Windows 3 window proc
-long wxWindow::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+void wxWindowMSW::UnsubclassWin()
{
- wxASSERT( m_lastMsg == message &&
- m_lastWParam == wParam && m_lastLParam == lParam );
+ wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this);
-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
- wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages, "Processing %s(%lx, %lx)",
- wxGetMessageName(message), wParam, lParam);
-#endif // __WXDEBUG__
+ // Restore old Window proc
+ HWND hwnd = GetHwnd();
+ if ( hwnd )
+ {
+ m_hWnd = 0;
- HWND hWnd = (HWND)m_hWnd;
+ wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in UnsubclassWin") );
- switch (message)
- {
- case WM_ACTIVATE:
- {
-#ifdef __WIN32__
- WORD state = LOWORD(wParam);
- WORD minimized = HIWORD(wParam);
- HWND hwnd = (HWND)lParam;
-#else
- WORD state = (WORD)wParam;
- WORD minimized = LOWORD(lParam);
- HWND hwnd = (HWND)HIWORD(lParam);
-#endif
- MSWOnActivate(state, (minimized != 0), (WXHWND) hwnd);
- return 0;
- break;
- }
- case WM_SETFOCUS:
+ if ( m_oldWndProc )
{
- HWND hwnd = (HWND)wParam;
- // return OnSetFocus(hwnd);
+ if ( !wxCheckWindowWndProc((WXHWND)hwnd, m_oldWndProc) )
+ {
+ ::SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_WNDPROC, (LONG) m_oldWndProc);
+ }
- if (MSWOnSetFocus((WXHWND) hwnd))
- return 0;
- else return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
- break;
- }
- case WM_KILLFOCUS:
- {
- HWND hwnd = (HWND)lParam;
- // return OnKillFocus(hwnd);
- if (MSWOnKillFocus((WXHWND) hwnd))
- return 0;
- else
- return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
- break;
- }
- case WM_CREATE:
- {
- MSWOnCreate((WXLPCREATESTRUCT) (LPCREATESTRUCT)lParam);
- return 0;
- break;
- }
- case WM_SHOWWINDOW:
- {
- MSWOnShow((wParam != 0), (int) lParam);
- break;
- }
- case WM_PAINT:
- {
- if (MSWOnPaint())
- return 0;
- else return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
- break;
- }
- case WM_QUERYDRAGICON:
- {
- HICON hIcon = (HICON)MSWOnQueryDragIcon();
- if ( hIcon )
- return (long)hIcon;
- else
- return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
- break;
+ m_oldWndProc = NULL;
}
+ }
+}
- case WM_SIZE:
- {
- int width = LOWORD(lParam);
- int height = HIWORD(lParam);
- MSWOnSize(width, height, wParam);
- break;
- }
+bool wxCheckWindowWndProc(WXHWND hWnd, WXFARPROC wndProc)
+{
+ // Unicows note: the code below works, but only because WNDCLASS contains
+ // original window handler rather that the unicows fake one. This may not
+ // be on purpose, though; if it stops working with future versions of
+ // unicows.dll, we can override unicows hooks by setting
+ // Unicows_{Set,Get}WindowLong and Unicows_RegisterClass to our own
+ // versions that keep track of fake<->real wnd proc mapping.
+ WNDCLASS cls;
+ if ( !::GetClassInfo(wxGetInstance(), wxGetWindowClass(hWnd), &cls) )
+ {
+ wxLogLastError(_T("GetClassInfo"));
- case WM_MOVE:
- {
- wxMoveEvent event(wxPoint(LOWORD(lParam), HIWORD(lParam)),
- m_windowId);
- event.SetEventObject(this);
- if ( !GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
- Default();
- }
- break;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
- case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING:
- {
- MSWOnWindowPosChanging((void *)lParam);
- break;
- }
+ return wndProc == (WXFARPROC)cls.lpfnWndProc;
+}
- case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
- {
- int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
- int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
- MSWOnRButtonDown(x, y, wParam);
- break;
- }
- case WM_RBUTTONUP:
- {
- int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
- int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
- MSWOnRButtonUp(x, y, wParam);
- break;
- }
- case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK:
- {
- int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
- int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
- MSWOnRButtonDClick(x, y, wParam);
- break;
- }
- case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
- {
- int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
- int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
- MSWOnMButtonDown(x, y, wParam);
- break;
- }
- case WM_MBUTTONUP:
- {
- int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
- int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
- MSWOnMButtonUp(x, y, wParam);
- break;
- }
- case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK:
- {
- int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
- int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
- MSWOnMButtonDClick(x, y, wParam);
- break;
- }
- case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
- {
- int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
- int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
- MSWOnLButtonDown(x, y, wParam);
- break;
- }
- case WM_LBUTTONUP:
- {
- int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
- int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
- MSWOnLButtonUp(x, y, wParam);
- break;
- }
- case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:
- {
- int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
- int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
- MSWOnLButtonDClick(x, y, wParam);
- break;
- }
- case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
- {
- int x = (DIMENSION_TYPE) LOWORD(lParam);
- int y = (DIMENSION_TYPE) HIWORD(lParam);
- MSWOnMouseMove(x, y, wParam);
- break;
- }
- case MM_JOY1BUTTONDOWN:
- {
- int x = LOWORD(lParam);
- int y = HIWORD(lParam);
- MSWOnJoyDown(wxJOYSTICK1, x, y, wParam);
- break;
- }
- case MM_JOY2BUTTONDOWN:
- {
- int x = LOWORD(lParam);
- int y = HIWORD(lParam);
- MSWOnJoyDown(wxJOYSTICK2, x, y, wParam);
- break;
- }
- case MM_JOY1BUTTONUP:
- {
- int x = LOWORD(lParam);
- int y = HIWORD(lParam);
- MSWOnJoyUp(wxJOYSTICK1, x, y, wParam);
- break;
- }
- case MM_JOY2BUTTONUP:
- {
- int x = LOWORD(lParam);
- int y = HIWORD(lParam);
- MSWOnJoyUp(wxJOYSTICK2, x, y, wParam);
- break;
- }
- case MM_JOY1MOVE:
- {
- int x = LOWORD(lParam);
- int y = HIWORD(lParam);
- MSWOnJoyMove(wxJOYSTICK1, x, y, wParam);
- break;
- }
- case MM_JOY2MOVE:
- {
- int x = LOWORD(lParam);
- int y = HIWORD(lParam);
- MSWOnJoyMove(wxJOYSTICK2, x, y, wParam);
- break;
- }
- case MM_JOY1ZMOVE:
- {
- int z = LOWORD(lParam);
- MSWOnJoyZMove(wxJOYSTICK1, z, wParam);
- break;
- }
- case MM_JOY2ZMOVE:
- {
- int z = LOWORD(lParam);
- MSWOnJoyZMove(wxJOYSTICK2, z, wParam);
- break;
- }
- case WM_DESTROY:
- {
- if (MSWOnDestroy())
- return 0;
- else return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
- break;
- }
- case WM_SYSCOMMAND:
- {
- return MSWOnSysCommand(wParam, lParam);
- break;
- }
- case WM_COMMAND:
- {
-#ifdef __WIN32__
- WORD id = LOWORD(wParam);
- HWND hwnd = (HWND)lParam;
- WORD cmd = HIWORD(wParam);
-#else
- WORD id = (WORD)wParam;
- HWND hwnd = (HWND)LOWORD(lParam) ;
- WORD cmd = HIWORD(lParam);
-#endif
- if (!MSWOnCommand(id, cmd, (WXHWND) hwnd))
- return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
- break;
- }
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
- case WM_NOTIFY:
- {
- // for some messages (TVN_ITEMEXPANDING for example), the return
- // value of WM_NOTIFY handler is important, so don't just return 0
- // if we processed the message
- return MSWOnNotify(wParam, lParam);
- }
-#endif
- case WM_MENUSELECT:
- {
-#ifdef __WIN32__
- WORD flags = HIWORD(wParam);
- HMENU sysmenu = (HMENU)lParam;
-#else
- WORD flags = LOWORD(lParam);
- HMENU sysmenu = (HMENU)HIWORD(lParam);
-#endif
- MSWOnMenuHighlight((WORD)wParam, flags, (WXHMENU) sysmenu);
- break;
- }
- case WM_INITMENUPOPUP:
- {
- MSWOnInitMenuPopup((WXHMENU) (HMENU)wParam, (int)LOWORD(lParam), (HIWORD(lParam) != 0));
- break;
- }
- case WM_DRAWITEM:
- {
- return MSWOnDrawItem((int)wParam, (WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *)lParam);
- break;
- }
- case WM_MEASUREITEM:
- {
- return MSWOnMeasureItem((int)wParam, (WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)lParam);
- break;
- }
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Style handling
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- case WM_KEYDOWN:
- MSWOnKeyDown((WORD) wParam, lParam);
- // we consider these message "not interesting"
- if ( wParam == VK_SHIFT || wParam == VK_CONTROL )
- return Default();
+void wxWindowMSW::SetWindowStyleFlag(long flags)
+{
+ long flagsOld = GetWindowStyleFlag();
+ if ( flags == flagsOld )
+ return;
- // Avoid duplicate messages to OnChar for these special keys
- switch ( wParam )
- {
- case VK_ESCAPE:
- case VK_SPACE:
- case VK_RETURN:
- case VK_BACK:
- case VK_TAB:
- case VK_LEFT:
- case VK_RIGHT:
- case VK_DOWN:
- case VK_UP:
- if ( ::GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) & 0x100 )
- MSWOnChar((WORD)wParam, lParam);
- break;
+ // update the internal variable
+ wxWindowBase::SetWindowStyleFlag(flags);
- default:
- MSWOnChar((WORD)wParam, lParam);
- if ( ::GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) & 0x100 )
- return Default();
- break;
- }
+ // now update the Windows style as well if needed - and if the window had
+ // been already created
+ if ( !GetHwnd() )
+ return;
- break;
+ WXDWORD exstyle, exstyleOld;
+ long style = MSWGetStyle(flags, &exstyle),
+ styleOld = MSWGetStyle(flagsOld, &exstyleOld);
- case WM_KEYUP:
+ if ( style != styleOld )
{
- MSWOnKeyUp((WORD) wParam, lParam);
- break;
+ // some flags (e.g. WS_VISIBLE or WS_DISABLED) should not be changed by
+ // this function so instead of simply setting the style to the new
+ // value we clear the bits which were set in styleOld but are set in
+ // the new one and set the ones which were not set before
+ long styleReal = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE);
+ styleReal &= ~styleOld;
+ styleReal |= style;
+
+ ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE, styleReal);
}
- case WM_CHAR: // Always an ASCII character
- {
- MSWOnChar((WORD)wParam, lParam, TRUE);
- break;
- }
- case WM_HSCROLL:
- {
-#ifdef __WIN32__
- WORD code = LOWORD(wParam);
- WORD pos = HIWORD(wParam);
- HWND control = (HWND)lParam;
-#else
- WORD code = (WORD)wParam;
- WORD pos = LOWORD(lParam);
- HWND control = (HWND)HIWORD(lParam);
-#endif
- MSWOnHScroll(code, pos, (WXHWND) control);
- break;
- }
- case WM_VSCROLL:
- {
-#ifdef __WIN32__
- WORD code = LOWORD(wParam);
- WORD pos = HIWORD(wParam);
- HWND control = (HWND)lParam;
-#else
- WORD code = (WORD)wParam;
- WORD pos = LOWORD(lParam);
- HWND control = (HWND)HIWORD(lParam);
-#endif
- MSWOnVScroll(code, pos, (WXHWND) control);
- break;
- }
-#ifdef __WIN32__
- case WM_CTLCOLORBTN:
+ // and the extended style
+ if ( exstyle != exstyleOld )
+ {
+ long exstyleReal = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_EXSTYLE);
+ exstyleReal &= ~exstyleOld;
+ exstyleReal |= exstyle;
+
+ ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_EXSTYLE, exstyleReal);
+
+ // we must call SetWindowPos() to flash the cached extended style and
+ // also to make the change to wxSTAY_ON_TOP style take effect: just
+ // setting the style simply doesn't work
+ if ( !::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(),
+ exstyleReal & WS_EX_TOPMOST ? HWND_TOPMOST
+ : HWND_NOTOPMOST,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE) )
{
- int nCtlColor = CTLCOLOR_BTN;
- HWND control = (HWND)lParam;
- HDC pDC = (HDC)wParam;
- return (DWORD)MSWOnCtlColor((WXHDC) pDC, (WXHWND) control, nCtlColor,
- message, wParam, lParam);
- break;
+ wxLogLastError(_T("SetWindowPos"));
}
- case WM_CTLCOLORDLG:
+ }
+}
+
+WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle) const
+{
+ // translate the style
+ WXDWORD style = WS_CHILD;
+
+ if ( flags & wxCLIP_CHILDREN )
+ style |= WS_CLIPCHILDREN;
+
+ if ( flags & wxCLIP_SIBLINGS )
+ style |= WS_CLIPSIBLINGS;
+
+ wxBorder border = (wxBorder)(flags & wxBORDER_MASK);
+
+ // Check if we want to automatically give it a sunken style.
+ // Note than because 'sunken' actually maps to WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE, which
+ // is a more neutral term, we don't necessarily get a sunken effect in
+ // Windows XP. Instead we get the appropriate style for the theme.
+
+ if (border == wxBORDER_DEFAULT && wxTheApp->GetAuto3D() && GetParent() &&
+ ((GetParent()->GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxUSER_COLOURS) != wxUSER_COLOURS))
+ {
+ border = (wxBorder)((flags & wxBORDER_MASK) | wxBORDER_SUNKEN);
+ }
+
+ // Only give it WS_BORDER for wxBORDER_SIMPLE
+ if (border & wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
+ style |= WS_BORDER;
+
+ // now deal with ext style if the caller wants it
+ if ( exstyle )
+ {
+ *exstyle = 0;
+
+ if ( flags & wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW )
+ *exstyle |= WS_EX_TRANSPARENT;
+
+ switch ( border )
{
- int nCtlColor = CTLCOLOR_DLG;
- HWND control = (HWND)lParam;
- HDC pDC = (HDC)wParam;
- return (DWORD)MSWOnCtlColor((WXHDC) pDC, (WXHWND) control, nCtlColor,
- message, wParam, lParam);\
+ default:
+ wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unknown border style") );
+ // fall through
+
+ case wxBORDER_NONE:
+ case wxBORDER_SIMPLE:
+ case wxBORDER_DEFAULT:
break;
- }
- case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX:
- {
- int nCtlColor = CTLCOLOR_LISTBOX;
- HWND control = (HWND)lParam;
- HDC pDC = (HDC)wParam;
- return (DWORD)MSWOnCtlColor((WXHDC) pDC, (WXHWND) control, nCtlColor,
- message, wParam, lParam);
- break;
- }
- case WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX:
- {
- int nCtlColor = CTLCOLOR_MSGBOX;
- HWND control = (HWND)lParam;
- HDC pDC = (HDC)wParam;
- return (DWORD)MSWOnCtlColor((WXHDC) pDC, (WXHWND) control, nCtlColor,
- message, wParam, lParam);
- break;
- }
- case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR:
- {
- int nCtlColor = CTLCOLOR_SCROLLBAR;
- HWND control = (HWND)lParam;
- HDC pDC = (HDC)wParam;
- return (DWORD)MSWOnCtlColor((WXHDC) pDC, (WXHWND) control, nCtlColor,
- message, wParam, lParam);
- break;
- }
- case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC:
- {
- int nCtlColor = CTLCOLOR_STATIC;
- HWND control = (HWND)lParam;
- HDC pDC = (HDC)wParam;
- return (DWORD)MSWOnCtlColor((WXHDC) pDC, (WXHWND) control, nCtlColor,
- message, wParam, lParam);
- break;
- }
- case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT:
- {
- int nCtlColor = CTLCOLOR_EDIT;
- HWND control = (HWND)lParam;
- HDC pDC = (HDC)wParam;
- return (DWORD)MSWOnCtlColor((WXHDC) pDC, (WXHWND) control, nCtlColor,
- message, wParam, lParam);
- break;
- }
-#else
- case WM_CTLCOLOR:
- {
- HWND control = (HWND)LOWORD(lParam);
- int nCtlColor = (int)HIWORD(lParam);
- HDC pDC = (HDC)wParam;
- return (DWORD)MSWOnCtlColor((WXHDC) pDC, (WXHWND) control, nCtlColor,
- message, wParam, lParam);
- break;
- }
-#endif
- case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE:
- {
- // Return value of 0 means, we processed it.
- if (MSWOnColorChange((WXHWND) hWnd, message, wParam, lParam) == 0)
- return 0;
- else
- return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
- break;
- }
- case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
- {
- return MSWOnPaletteChanged((WXHWND) (HWND) wParam);
- break;
- }
- case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE:
- {
- return MSWOnQueryNewPalette();
- break;
- }
- case WM_ERASEBKGND:
- {
- // Prevents flicker when dragging
- if (IsIconic(hWnd)) return 1;
- if (!MSWOnEraseBkgnd((WXHDC) (HDC)wParam))
- return 0; // Default(); MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
- else return 1;
- break;
- }
- case WM_MDIACTIVATE:
- {
-#ifdef __WIN32__
- HWND hWndActivate = GET_WM_MDIACTIVATE_HWNDACTIVATE(wParam,lParam);
- HWND hWndDeactivate = GET_WM_MDIACTIVATE_HWNDDEACT(wParam,lParam);
- BOOL activate = GET_WM_MDIACTIVATE_FACTIVATE(hWnd,wParam,lParam);
- return MSWOnMDIActivate((long) activate, (WXHWND) hWndActivate, (WXHWND) hWndDeactivate);
-#else
- return MSWOnMDIActivate((BOOL)wParam, (HWND)LOWORD(lParam),
- (HWND)HIWORD(lParam));
-#endif
- }
- case WM_DROPFILES:
- {
- MSWOnDropFiles(wParam);
- break;
- }
- case WM_INITDIALOG:
- {
- return 0; // MSWOnInitDialog((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam);
- break;
- }
- case WM_QUERYENDSESSION:
- {
- // Same as WM_CLOSE, but inverted results. Thx Microsoft :-)
- // return MSWOnClose();
+ case wxBORDER_STATIC:
+ *exstyle |= WS_EX_STATICEDGE;
+ break;
- return MSWOnQueryEndSession(lParam);
- break;
- }
- case WM_ENDSESSION:
- {
- // Same as WM_CLOSE, but inverted results. Thx Microsoft :-)
- MSWOnEndSession((wParam != 0), lParam);
- return 0L;
- break;
- }
- case WM_CLOSE:
- {
- if (MSWOnClose())
- return 0L;
- else
- return 1L;
- break;
+ case wxBORDER_RAISED:
+ *exstyle |= WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE;
+ break;
+
+ case wxBORDER_SUNKEN:
+ *exstyle |= WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE;
+ style &= ~WS_BORDER;
+ break;
+
+ case wxBORDER_DOUBLE:
+ *exstyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME;
+ break;
}
- case WM_GETMINMAXINFO:
+ // wxUniv doesn't use Windows dialog navigation functions at all
+#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
+ // to make the dialog navigation work with the nested panels we must
+ // use this style (top level windows such as dialogs don't need it)
+ if ( (flags & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) && !IsTopLevel() )
{
- MINMAXINFO *info = (MINMAXINFO *)lParam;
- if (m_minSizeX != -1)
- info->ptMinTrackSize.x = (int)m_minSizeX;
- if (m_minSizeY != -1)
- info->ptMinTrackSize.y = (int)m_minSizeY;
- if (m_maxSizeX != -1)
- info->ptMaxTrackSize.x = (int)m_maxSizeX;
- if (m_maxSizeY != -1)
- info->ptMaxTrackSize.y = (int)m_maxSizeY;
- return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
- break;
+ *exstyle |= WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT;
}
-
- case WM_GETDLGCODE:
- return MSWGetDlgCode();
-
- default:
- return MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
+#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__
}
- return 0; // Success: we processed this command.
+ return style;
}
-// Dialog window proc
-LONG APIENTRY _EXPORT
-wxDlgProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
+// If nothing defined for this, try the parent.
+// E.g. we may be a button loaded from a resource, with no callback function
+// defined.
+void wxWindowMSW::OnCommand(wxWindow& win, wxCommandEvent& event)
{
- return 0;
+ if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
+ return;
+ if ( m_parent )
+ m_parent->GetEventHandler()->OnCommand(win, event);
}
+#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2
-wxList *wxWinHandleList = NULL;
-wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd)
+#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
+wxObject* wxWindowMSW::GetChild(int number) const
{
- wxNode *node = wxWinHandleList->Find((long)hWnd);
- if (!node)
+ // Return a pointer to the Nth object in the Panel
+ wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
+ int n = number;
+ while (node && n--)
+ node = node->Next();
+ if ( node )
+ {
+ wxObject *obj = (wxObject *)node->Data();
+ return(obj);
+ }
+ else
return NULL;
- return (wxWindow *)node->Data();
}
+#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
-void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindow *win)
+// Setup background and foreground colours correctly
+void wxWindowMSW::SetupColours()
{
- // adding NULL hWnd is (first) surely a result of an error and
- // (secondly) breaks menu command processing
- wxCHECK_RET( hWnd != (HWND) NULL, "attempt to add a NULL hWnd to window list" );
-
- if ( !wxWinHandleList->Find((long)hWnd) )
- wxWinHandleList->Append((long)hWnd, win);
+ if ( GetParent() )
+ SetBackgroundColour(GetParent()->GetBackgroundColour());
}
-void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindow *win)
+bool wxWindowMSW::IsMouseInWindow() const
{
- wxWinHandleList->DeleteObject(win);
-}
+ // get the mouse position
+ POINT pt;
+ ::GetCursorPos(&pt);
-// Default destroyer - override if you destroy it in some other way
-// (e.g. with MDI child windows)
-void wxWindow::MSWDestroyWindow()
-{
+ // find the window which currently has the cursor and go up the window
+ // chain until we find this window - or exhaust it
+ HWND hwnd = ::WindowFromPoint(pt);
+ while ( hwnd && (hwnd != GetHwnd()) )
+ hwnd = ::GetParent(hwnd);
+
+ return hwnd != NULL;
}
-void wxWindow::MSWCreate(int id, wxWindow *parent, const char *wclass, wxWindow *wx_win, const char *title,
- int x, int y, int width, int height,
- WXDWORD style, const char *dialog_template, WXDWORD extendedStyle)
+void wxWindowMSW::OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
{
- bool is_dialog = (dialog_template != NULL);
- int x1 = CW_USEDEFAULT;
- int y1 = 0;
- int width1 = CW_USEDEFAULT;
- int height1 = 100;
-
- // Find parent's size, if it exists, to set up a possible default
- // panel size the size of the parent window
- RECT parent_rect;
- if (parent)
+ // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event
+ if ( m_mouseInWindow )
{
- // Was GetWindowRect: JACS 5/5/95
- ::GetClientRect((HWND) parent->GetHWND(), &parent_rect);
-
- width1 = parent_rect.right - parent_rect.left;
- height1 = parent_rect.bottom - parent_rect.top;
- }
-
- if (x > -1) x1 = x;
- if (y > -1) y1 = y;
- if (width > -1) width1 = width;
- if (height > -1) height1 = height;
+ // note that we should generate the leave event whether the window has
+ // or doesn't have mouse capture
+ if ( !IsMouseInWindow() )
+ {
+ // Generate a LEAVE event
+ m_mouseInWindow = FALSE;
- HWND hParent = NULL;
- if (parent)
- hParent = (HWND) parent->GetHWND();
+ // Unfortunately the mouse button and keyboard state may have
+ // changed by the time the OnIdle function is called, so 'state'
+ // may be meaningless.
+ int state = 0;
+ if ( wxIsShiftDown() )
+ state |= MK_SHIFT;
+ if ( wxIsCtrlDown() )
+ state |= MK_CONTROL;
+ if ( GetKeyState( VK_LBUTTON ) )
+ state |= MK_LBUTTON;
+ if ( GetKeyState( VK_MBUTTON ) )
+ state |= MK_MBUTTON;
+ if ( GetKeyState( VK_RBUTTON ) )
+ state |= MK_RBUTTON;
+
+ POINT pt;
+ if ( !::GetCursorPos(&pt) )
+ {
+ wxLogLastError(_T("GetCursorPos"));
+ }
- wxWndHook = this;
+ // we need to have client coordinates here for symmetry with
+ // wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
+ RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd());
+ pt.x -= rect.left;
+ pt.y -= rect.top;
- if (is_dialog)
- {
- // MakeProcInstance doesn't seem to be needed in C7. Is it needed for
- // other compilers???
- // VZ: it's always needed for Win16 and never for Win32
-#ifdef __WIN32__
- m_hWnd = (WXHWND) ::CreateDialog(wxGetInstance(), dialog_template, hParent,
- (DLGPROC)wxDlgProc);
-#else
- // N.B.: if we _don't_ use this form,
- // then with VC++ 1.5, it crashes horribly.
-#if 1
- m_hWnd = (WXHWND) ::CreateDialog(wxGetInstance(), dialog_template, hParent,
- (DLGPROC)wxDlgProc);
-#else
- // Crashes when we use this.
- DLGPROC dlgproc = (DLGPROC)MakeProcInstance((DLGPROC)wxWndProc, wxGetInstance());
+ wxMouseEvent event2(wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW);
+ InitMouseEvent(event2, pt.x, pt.y, state);
- m_hWnd = (WXHWND) ::CreateDialog(wxGetInstance(), dialog_template, hParent,
- (DLGPROC)dlgproc);
-#endif
-#endif
-
- if (m_hWnd == 0)
- MessageBox(NULL, "Can't find dummy dialog template!\nCheck resource include path for finding wx.rc.",
- "wxWindows Error", MB_ICONEXCLAMATION | MB_OK);
- else MoveWindow((HWND) m_hWnd, x1, y1, width1, height1, FALSE);
- }
- else
- {
- int controlId = 0;
- if (style & WS_CHILD)
- controlId = id;
- if (!title)
- title = "";
-
- m_hWnd = (WXHWND)CreateWindowEx(extendedStyle, wclass,
- title,
- style,
- x1, y1,
- width1, height1,
- hParent, (HMENU)controlId, wxGetInstance(),
- NULL);
-
- if ( !m_hWnd ) {
- wxLogError("Can't create window of class %s!\n"
- "Possible Windows 3.x compatibility problem?", wclass);
+ (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event2);
}
}
- wxWndHook = NULL;
- wxWinHandleList->Append((long)m_hWnd, this);
+ UpdateWindowUI();
}
-void wxWindow::MSWOnCreate(WXLPCREATESTRUCT WXUNUSED(cs))
+// Set this window to be the child of 'parent'.
+bool wxWindowMSW::Reparent(wxWindowBase *parent)
{
+ if ( !wxWindowBase::Reparent(parent) )
+ return FALSE;
+
+ HWND hWndChild = GetHwnd();
+ HWND hWndParent = GetParent() ? GetWinHwnd(GetParent()) : (HWND)0;
+
+ ::SetParent(hWndChild, hWndParent);
+
+ return TRUE;
}
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnClose()
+void wxWindowMSW::Clear()
{
- return FALSE;
+ wxClientDC dc((wxWindow *)this);
+ wxBrush brush(GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID);
+ dc.SetBackground(brush);
+ dc.Clear();
}
-// Some compilers don't define this
-#ifndef ENDSESSION_LOGOFF
-#define ENDSESSION_LOGOFF 0x80000000
+static inline void SendSetRedraw(HWND hwnd, bool on)
+{
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+ ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_SETREDRAW, (WPARAM)on, 0);
#endif
+}
-// Return TRUE to end session, FALSE to veto end session.
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnQueryEndSession(long logOff)
+void wxWindowMSW::Freeze()
{
- wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, -1);
- event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp);
- event.SetCanVeto(TRUE);
- event.SetLoggingOff( (logOff == ENDSESSION_LOGOFF) );
- if ((this == wxTheApp->GetTopWindow()) && // Only send once
- wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event) && event.GetVeto())
- {
- return FALSE; // Veto!
- }
- else
+ SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), FALSE);
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::Thaw()
+{
+ SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), TRUE);
+
+ // we need to refresh everything or otherwise he invalidated area is not
+ // repainted
+ Refresh();
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::Refresh(bool eraseBack, const wxRect *rect)
+{
+ HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+ if ( hWnd )
{
- return TRUE; // Don't veto
+ if ( rect )
+ {
+ RECT mswRect;
+ mswRect.left = rect->x;
+ mswRect.top = rect->y;
+ mswRect.right = rect->x + rect->width;
+ mswRect.bottom = rect->y + rect->height;
+
+ ::InvalidateRect(hWnd, &mswRect, eraseBack);
+ }
+ else
+ ::InvalidateRect(hWnd, NULL, eraseBack);
}
}
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnEndSession(bool endSession, long logOff)
+void wxWindowMSW::Update()
{
- wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_END_SESSION, -1);
- event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp);
- event.SetCanVeto(FALSE);
- event.SetLoggingOff( (logOff == ENDSESSION_LOGOFF) );
- if (endSession && // No need to send if the session isn't ending
- (this == wxTheApp->GetTopWindow()) && // Only send once
- wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event))
+ if ( !::UpdateWindow(GetHwnd()) )
{
+ wxLogLastError(_T("UpdateWindow"));
}
- return TRUE;
+
+#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)
+ // just calling UpdateWindow() is not enough, what we did in our WM_PAINT
+ // handler needs to be really drawn right now
+ (void)::GdiFlush();
+#endif // __WIN32__
}
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnDestroy()
-{
- // delete our drop target if we've got one
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
- if ( m_pDropTarget != NULL ) {
- m_pDropTarget->Revoke(m_hWnd);
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// drag and drop
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//FIXME __DIGITALMARS__ does not honor drag drop in setup.h
- delete m_pDropTarget;
- m_pDropTarget = NULL;
+#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+void wxWindowMSW::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *pDropTarget)
+{
+#ifndef __DIGITALMARS__
+ if ( m_dropTarget != 0 ) {
+ m_dropTarget->Revoke(m_hWnd);
+ delete m_dropTarget;
}
+
+ m_dropTarget = pDropTarget;
+ if ( m_dropTarget != 0 )
+ m_dropTarget->Register(m_hWnd);
+#endif // __DIGITALMARS__
+}
+#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+
+// old style file-manager drag&drop support: we retain the old-style
+// DragAcceptFiles in parallel with SetDropTarget.
+void wxWindowMSW::DragAcceptFiles(bool accept)
+{
+#ifndef __DIGITALMARS__
+ HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+ if ( hWnd )
+ ::DragAcceptFiles(hWnd, (BOOL)accept);
#endif
+}
- return TRUE;
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// tooltips
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+
+void wxWindowMSW::DoSetToolTip(wxToolTip *tooltip)
+{
+ wxWindowBase::DoSetToolTip(tooltip);
+
+ if ( m_tooltip )
+ m_tooltip->SetWindow((wxWindow *)this);
}
-// Deal with child commands from buttons etc.
+#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// moving and resizing
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-long wxWindow::MSWOnNotify(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+// Get total size
+void wxWindowMSW::DoGetSize(int *x, int *y) const
{
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
- // Find a child window to send the notification to, e.g. a toolbar.
- // There's a problem here. NMHDR::hwndFrom doesn't give us the
- // handle of the toolbar; it's probably the handle of the tooltip
- // window (anyway, it's parent is also the toolbar's parent).
- // So, since we don't know which hWnd or wxWindow originated the
- // WM_NOTIFY, we'll need to go through all the children of this window
- // trying out MSWNotify.
- // This won't work now, though, because any number of controls
- // could respond to the same generic messages :-(
-
- /* This doesn't work for toolbars, but try for other controls first.
- */
- NMHDR *hdr = (NMHDR *)lParam;
- HWND hWnd = (HWND)hdr->hwndFrom;
- wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
-
- WXLPARAM result = 0;
+ RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd());
- if ( win )
- {
- if ( win->MSWNotify(wParam, lParam, &result) )
- return result;
- }
- else
+ if ( x )
+ *x = rect.right - rect.left;
+ if ( y )
+ *y = rect.bottom - rect.top;
+}
+
+// Get size *available for subwindows* i.e. excluding menu bar etc.
+void wxWindowMSW::DoGetClientSize(int *x, int *y) const
+{
+ RECT rect = wxGetClientRect(GetHwnd());
+
+ if ( x )
+ *x = rect.right;
+ if ( y )
+ *y = rect.bottom;
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const
+{
+ RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd());
+
+ POINT point;
+ point.x = rect.left;
+ point.y = rect.top;
+
+ // we do the adjustments with respect to the parent only for the "real"
+ // children, not for the dialogs/frames
+ if ( !IsTopLevel() )
{
- // Rely on MSWNotify to check whether the message
- // belongs to the window or not
- wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
- while (node)
+ HWND hParentWnd = 0;
+ wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
+ if ( parent )
+ hParentWnd = GetWinHwnd(parent);
+
+ // Since we now have the absolute screen coords, if there's a parent we
+ // must subtract its top left corner
+ if ( hParentWnd )
{
- wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
- if ( child->MSWNotify(wParam, lParam, &result) )
- return result;
- node = node->Next();
+ ::ScreenToClient(hParentWnd, &point);
}
- // finally try this window too (catches toolbar case)
- if ( MSWNotify(wParam, lParam, &result) )
- return result;
+ if ( parent )
+ {
+ // We may be faking the client origin. So a window that's really at (0,
+ // 30) may appear (to wxWin apps) to be at (0, 0).
+ wxPoint pt(parent->GetClientAreaOrigin());
+ point.x -= pt.x;
+ point.y -= pt.y;
+ }
}
-#endif // Win95
- // not processed
- return FALSE;
+ if ( x )
+ *x = point.x;
+ if ( y )
+ *y = point.y;
}
-void wxWindow::MSWOnMenuHighlight(WXWORD WXUNUSED(item), WXWORD WXUNUSED(flags), WXHMENU WXUNUSED(sysmenu))
+void wxWindowMSW::DoScreenToClient(int *x, int *y) const
{
+ POINT pt;
+ if ( x )
+ pt.x = *x;
+ if ( y )
+ pt.y = *y;
+
+ ::ScreenToClient(GetHwnd(), &pt);
+
+ if ( x )
+ *x = pt.x;
+ if ( y )
+ *y = pt.y;
}
-void wxWindow::MSWOnInitMenuPopup(WXHMENU menu, int pos, bool isSystem)
+void wxWindowMSW::DoClientToScreen(int *x, int *y) const
{
+ POINT pt;
+ if ( x )
+ pt.x = *x;
+ if ( y )
+ pt.y = *y;
+
+ ::ClientToScreen(GetHwnd(), &pt);
+
+ if ( x )
+ *x = pt.x;
+ if ( y )
+ *y = pt.y;
}
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnActivate(int state, bool WXUNUSED(minimized), WXHWND WXUNUSED(activate))
+void wxWindowMSW::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height)
{
- wxActivateEvent event(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, ((state == WA_ACTIVE) || (state == WA_CLICKACTIVE)),
- m_windowId);
- event.SetEventObject(this);
- GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
- return 0;
+ // TODO: is this consistent with other platforms?
+ // Still, negative width or height shouldn't be allowed
+ if (width < 0)
+ width = 0;
+ if (height < 0)
+ height = 0;
+ if ( !::MoveWindow(GetHwnd(), x, y, width, height, TRUE) )
+ {
+ wxLogLastError(wxT("MoveWindow"));
+ }
}
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnSetFocus(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hwnd))
+// set the size of the window: if the dimensions are positive, just use them,
+// but if any of them is equal to -1, it means that we must find the value for
+// it ourselves (unless sizeFlags contains wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE flag, in
+// which case -1 is a valid value for x and y)
+//
+// If sizeFlags contains wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH/HEIGHT flags (default), we calculate
+// the width/height to best suit our contents, otherwise we reuse the current
+// width/height
+void wxWindowMSW::DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
{
- // Deal with caret
- if (m_caretEnabled && (m_caretWidth > 0) && (m_caretHeight > 0))
+ // get the current size and position...
+ int currentX, currentY;
+ GetPosition(¤tX, ¤tY);
+ int currentW,currentH;
+ GetSize(¤tW, ¤tH);
+
+ // ... and don't do anything (avoiding flicker) if it's already ok
+ if ( x == currentX && y == currentY &&
+ width == currentW && height == currentH )
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if ( x == -1 && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) )
+ x = currentX;
+ if ( y == -1 && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) )
+ y = currentY;
+
+ AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y, sizeFlags);
+
+ wxSize size(-1, -1);
+ if ( width == -1 )
{
- ::CreateCaret((HWND) GetHWND(), NULL, m_caretWidth, m_caretHeight);
- if (m_caretShown)
- ::ShowCaret((HWND) GetHWND());
+ if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH )
+ {
+ size = DoGetBestSize();
+ width = size.x;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // just take the current one
+ width = currentW;
+ }
}
- // panel wants to track the window which was the last to have focus in it
- wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
- if ( parent && parent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxPanel)) )
+ if ( height == -1 )
{
- ((wxPanel *)parent)->SetLastFocus(this);
+ if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT )
+ {
+ if ( size.x == -1 )
+ {
+ size = DoGetBestSize();
+ }
+ //else: already called DoGetBestSize() above
+
+ height = size.y;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // just take the current one
+ height = currentH;
+ }
}
- wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_SET_FOCUS, m_windowId);
- event.SetEventObject(this);
- if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
- Default();
- return TRUE;
+ DoMoveWindow(x, y, width, height);
}
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnKillFocus(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hwnd))
+void wxWindowMSW::DoSetClientSize(int width, int height)
{
- // Deal with caret
- if (m_caretEnabled)
+ // setting the client size is less obvious than it it could have been
+ // because in the result of changing the total size the window scrollbar
+ // may [dis]appear and/or its menubar may [un]wrap and so the client size
+ // will not be correct as the difference between the total and client size
+ // changes - so we keep changing it until we get it right
+ //
+ // normally this loop shouldn't take more than 3 iterations (usually 1 but
+ // if scrollbars [dis]appear as the result of the first call, then 2 and it
+ // may become 3 if the window had 0 size originally and so we didn't
+ // calculate the scrollbar correction correctly during the first iteration)
+ // but just to be on the safe side we check for it instead of making it an
+ // "infinite" loop (i.e. leaving break inside as the only way to get out)
+ for ( int i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
{
- ::DestroyCaret();
- }
+ RECT rectClient;
+ ::GetClientRect(GetHwnd(), &rectClient);
- wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, m_windowId);
- event.SetEventObject(this);
- if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
- Default();
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-void wxWindow::MSWOnDropFiles(WXWPARAM wParam)
-{
+ // if the size is already ok, stop here (rectClient.left = top = 0)
+ if ( (rectClient.right == width || width == -1) &&
+ (rectClient.bottom == height || height == -1) )
+ {
+ break;
+ }
- HDROP hFilesInfo = (HDROP) wParam;
- POINT dropPoint;
- DragQueryPoint(hFilesInfo, (LPPOINT) &dropPoint);
+ int widthClient = width,
+ heightClient = height;
- // Get the total number of files dropped
- WORD gwFilesDropped = (WORD)DragQueryFile ((HDROP)hFilesInfo,
- (UINT)-1,
- (LPSTR)0,
- (UINT)0);
+ // Find the difference between the entire window (title bar and all)
+ // and the client area; add this to the new client size to move the
+ // window
+ RECT rectWin;
+ ::GetWindowRect(GetHwnd(), &rectWin);
- wxString *files = new wxString[gwFilesDropped];
- int wIndex;
- for (wIndex=0; wIndex < (int)gwFilesDropped; wIndex++)
- {
- DragQueryFile (hFilesInfo, wIndex, (LPSTR) wxBuffer, 1000);
- files[wIndex] = wxBuffer;
- }
- DragFinish (hFilesInfo);
+ widthClient += rectWin.right - rectWin.left - rectClient.right;
+ heightClient += rectWin.bottom - rectWin.top - rectClient.bottom;
- wxDropFilesEvent event(wxEVT_DROP_FILES, gwFilesDropped, files);
- event.m_eventObject = this;
- event.m_pos.x = dropPoint.x; event.m_pos.x = dropPoint.y;
+ POINT point;
+ point.x = rectWin.left;
+ point.y = rectWin.top;
- if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
- Default();
+ // MoveWindow positions the child windows relative to the parent, so
+ // adjust if necessary
+ if ( !IsTopLevel() )
+ {
+ wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
+ if ( parent )
+ {
+ ::ScreenToClient(GetHwndOf(parent), &point);
+ }
+ }
- delete[] files;
+ DoMoveWindow(point.x, point.y, widthClient, heightClient);
+ }
}
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnDrawItem(int id, WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct)
+// For implementation purposes - sometimes decorations make the client area
+// smaller
+wxPoint wxWindowMSW::GetClientAreaOrigin() const
{
-#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
- if ( id == 0 ) { // is it a menu item?
- DRAWITEMSTRUCT *pDrawStruct = (DRAWITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct;
- wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pDrawStruct->itemData);
- wxCHECK( pMenuItem->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxMenuItem)), FALSE );
+ return wxPoint(0, 0);
+}
- // prepare to call OnDrawItem()
- wxDC dc;
- dc.SetHDC((WXHDC)pDrawStruct->hDC, FALSE);
- wxRect rect(pDrawStruct->rcItem.left, pDrawStruct->rcItem.top,
- pDrawStruct->rcItem.right - pDrawStruct->rcItem.left,
- pDrawStruct->rcItem.bottom - pDrawStruct->rcItem.top);
- return pMenuItem->OnDrawItem(
- dc, rect,
- (wxOwnerDrawn::wxODAction)pDrawStruct->itemAction,
- (wxOwnerDrawn::wxODStatus)pDrawStruct->itemState
- );
- }
-#endif // owner-drawn menus
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// text metrics
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- wxWindow *item = FindItem(id);
-#if wxUSE_DYNAMIC_CLASSES
- if (item && item->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)))
- {
- return ((wxControl *)item)->MSWOnDraw(itemStruct);
- }
- else
-#endif
- return FALSE;
+int wxWindowMSW::GetCharHeight() const
+{
+ return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmHeight;
}
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnMeasureItem(int id, WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct)
+int wxWindowMSW::GetCharWidth() const
{
-#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
- if ( id == 0 ) { // is it a menu item?
- MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *pMeasureStruct = (MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct;
- wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pMeasureStruct->itemData);
- wxCHECK( pMenuItem->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxMenuItem)), FALSE );
-
- return pMenuItem->OnMeasureItem(&pMeasureStruct->itemWidth,
- &pMeasureStruct->itemHeight);
- }
-#endif // owner-drawn menus
-
- wxWindow *item = FindItem(id);
-#if wxUSE_DYNAMIC_CLASSES
- if (item && item->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)))
- {
- return ((wxControl *)item)->MSWOnMeasure(itemStruct);
- }
- else
+ // +1 is needed because Windows apparently adds it when calculating the
+ // dialog units size in pixels
+#if wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY
+ return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmAveCharWidth;
+#else
+ return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmAveCharWidth + 1;
#endif
- return FALSE;
}
-WXHBRUSH wxWindow::MSWOnCtlColor(WXHDC pDC, WXHWND pWnd, WXUINT nCtlColor,
- WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+void wxWindowMSW::GetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
+ int *x, int *y,
+ int *descent, int *externalLeading,
+ const wxFont *theFont) const
{
- if (nCtlColor == CTLCOLOR_DLG)
+ const wxFont *fontToUse = theFont;
+ if ( !fontToUse )
+ fontToUse = &m_font;
+
+ HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+ HDC dc = ::GetDC(hWnd);
+
+ HFONT fnt = 0;
+ HFONT hfontOld = 0;
+ if ( fontToUse && fontToUse->Ok() )
{
- return OnCtlColor(pDC, pWnd, nCtlColor, message, wParam, lParam);
+ fnt = (HFONT)((wxFont *)fontToUse)->GetResourceHandle(); // const_cast
+ if ( fnt )
+ hfontOld = (HFONT)SelectObject(dc,fnt);
}
- wxControl *item = (wxControl *)FindItemByHWND(pWnd, TRUE);
+ SIZE sizeRect;
+ TEXTMETRIC tm;
+ GetTextExtentPoint(dc, string, (int)string.Length(), &sizeRect);
+ GetTextMetrics(dc, &tm);
- WXHBRUSH hBrush = 0;
+ if ( fontToUse && fnt && hfontOld )
+ SelectObject(dc, hfontOld);
- if ( item )
- hBrush = item->OnCtlColor(pDC, pWnd, nCtlColor, message, wParam, lParam);
+ ReleaseDC(hWnd, dc);
- // I think that even for dialogs, we may need to call DefWindowProc (?)
- // Or maybe just rely on the usual default behaviour.
- if ( !hBrush )
- hBrush = (WXHBRUSH) MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam);
+ if ( x )
+ *x = sizeRect.cx;
+ if ( y )
+ *y = sizeRect.cy;
+ if ( descent )
+ *descent = tm.tmDescent;
+ if ( externalLeading )
+ *externalLeading = tm.tmExternalLeading;
+}
- return hBrush ;
+#if wxUSE_CARET && WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Caret manipulation
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void wxWindowMSW::CreateCaret(int w, int h)
+{
+ SetCaret(new wxCaret(this, w, h));
}
-// Define for each class of dialog and control
-WXHBRUSH wxWindow::OnCtlColor(WXHDC pDC, WXHWND pWnd, WXUINT nCtlColor,
- WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+void wxWindowMSW::CreateCaret(const wxBitmap *WXUNUSED(bitmap))
{
- return (WXHBRUSH) MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam);
+ wxFAIL_MSG("not implemented");
}
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnColorChange(WXHWND hWnd, WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+void wxWindowMSW::ShowCaret(bool show)
{
- wxSysColourChangedEvent event;
- event.SetEventObject(this);
+ wxCHECK_RET( m_caret, "no caret to show" );
- // Check if app handles this.
- if (GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
- return 0;
+ m_caret->Show(show);
+}
- // We didn't process it
- return 1;
+void wxWindowMSW::DestroyCaret()
+{
+ SetCaret(NULL);
}
-long wxWindow::MSWOnPaletteChanged(WXHWND hWndPalChange)
+void wxWindowMSW::SetCaretPos(int x, int y)
{
- wxPaletteChangedEvent event(GetId());
- event.SetEventObject(this);
- event.SetChangedWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndPalChange));
- GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
- return 0;
+ wxCHECK_RET( m_caret, "no caret to move" );
+
+ m_caret->Move(x, y);
}
-long wxWindow::MSWOnQueryNewPalette()
+void wxWindowMSW::GetCaretPos(int *x, int *y) const
{
- wxQueryNewPaletteEvent event(GetId());
- event.SetEventObject(this);
- if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) || !event.GetPaletteRealized())
- {
- return (long) FALSE;
- }
- else
- return (long) TRUE;
+ wxCHECK_RET( m_caret, "no caret to get position of" );
+
+ m_caret->GetPosition(x, y);
}
+#endif // wxUSE_CARET
-// Responds to colour changes: passes event on to children.
-void wxWindow::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event)
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// popup menu
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+
+// yield for WM_COMMAND events only, i.e. process all WM_COMMANDs in the queue
+// immediately, without waiting for the next event loop iteration
+//
+// NB: this function should probably be made public later as it can almost
+// surely replace wxYield() elsewhere as well
+static void wxYieldForCommandsOnly()
{
- wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
- while ( node )
+ // peek all WM_COMMANDs (it will always return WM_QUIT too but we don't
+ // want to process it here)
+ MSG msg;
+ while ( ::PeekMessage(&msg, (HWND)0, WM_COMMAND, WM_COMMAND, PM_REMOVE)
+ && msg.message != WM_QUIT )
{
- // Only propagate to non-top-level windows
- wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
- if ( win->GetParent() )
- {
- wxSysColourChangedEvent event2;
- event.m_eventObject = win;
- win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event2);
- }
-
- node = node->Next();
+ wxTheApp->DoMessage((WXMSG *)&msg);
}
+
+ // If we retrieved a WM_QUIT, insert back into the message queue.
+ if (msg.message == WM_QUIT)
+ ::PostQuitMessage(0);
}
-long wxWindow::MSWDefWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+bool wxWindowMSW::DoPopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y)
{
- if ( m_oldWndProc )
- return ::CallWindowProc(CASTWNDPROC m_oldWndProc, (HWND) GetHWND(), (UINT) nMsg, (WPARAM) wParam, (LPARAM) lParam);
- else
- return ::DefWindowProc((HWND) GetHWND(), nMsg, wParam, lParam);
+ menu->SetInvokingWindow(this);
+ menu->UpdateUI();
+
+ HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+ HMENU hMenu = GetHmenuOf(menu);
+ POINT point;
+ point.x = x;
+ point.y = y;
+ ::ClientToScreen(hWnd, &point);
+ wxCurrentPopupMenu = menu;
+ ::TrackPopupMenu(hMenu, TPM_RIGHTBUTTON, point.x, point.y, 0, hWnd, NULL);
+
+ // we need to do it righ now as otherwise the events are never going to be
+ // sent to wxCurrentPopupMenu from HandleCommand()
+ //
+ // note that even eliminating (ugly) wxCurrentPopupMenu global wouldn't
+ // help and we'd still need wxYieldForCommandsOnly() as the menu may be
+ // destroyed as soon as we return (it can be a local variable in the caller
+ // for example) and so we do need to process the event immediately
+ wxYieldForCommandsOnly();
+
+ wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL;
+
+ menu->SetInvokingWindow(NULL);
+
+ return TRUE;
}
-long wxWindow::Default()
-{
- // Ignore 'fake' events (perhaps generated as a result of a separate real event)
- if (m_lastMsg == 0)
- return 0;
+#endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
- wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages, "Forwarding %s to DefWindowProc.",
- wxGetMessageName(m_lastMsg));
-#endif // __WXDEBUG__
+// ===========================================================================
+// pre/post message processing
+// ===========================================================================
- return this->MSWDefWindowProc(m_lastMsg, m_lastWParam, m_lastLParam);
+long wxWindowMSW::MSWDefWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+{
+ if ( m_oldWndProc )
+#ifdef __DIGITALMARS__
+ return ::CallWindowProc( (FARPROC) m_oldWndProc, GetHwnd(), (UINT) nMsg, (WPARAM) wParam, (LPARAM) lParam);
+#else
+ return ::CallWindowProc(CASTWNDPROC m_oldWndProc, GetHwnd(), (UINT) nMsg, (WPARAM) wParam, (LPARAM) lParam);
+#endif
+ else
+ return ::DefWindowProc(GetHwnd(), nMsg, wParam, lParam);
}
-bool wxWindow::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
{
- if ( m_hWnd != 0 && (GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) ) {
+ // wxUniversal implements tab traversal itself
+#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
+ if ( m_hWnd != 0 && (GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) )
+ {
// intercept dialog navigation keys
MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg;
- bool bProcess = TRUE;
- if ( msg->message != WM_KEYDOWN )
- bProcess = FALSE;
- if ( bProcess && (HIWORD(msg->lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN )
- bProcess = FALSE;
-
- if ( bProcess )
+ // here we try to do all the job which ::IsDialogMessage() usually does
+ // internally
+#if 1
+ if ( msg->message == WM_KEYDOWN )
{
- bool bCtrlDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) & 0x100) != 0;
+ bool bCtrlDown = wxIsCtrlDown();
+ bool bShiftDown = wxIsShiftDown();
// WM_GETDLGCODE: ask the control if it wants the key for itself,
// don't process it if it's the case (except for Ctrl-Tab/Enter
if ( !bCtrlDown )
{
lDlgCode = ::SendMessage(msg->hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0);
+
+ // surprizingly, DLGC_WANTALLKEYS bit mask doesn't contain the
+ // DLGC_WANTTAB nor DLGC_WANTARROWS bits although, logically,
+ // it, of course, implies them
+ if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTALLKEYS )
+ {
+ lDlgCode |= DLGC_WANTTAB | DLGC_WANTARROWS;
+ }
}
bool bForward = TRUE,
bWindowChange = FALSE;
- switch ( msg->wParam )
+ // should we process this message specially?
+ bool bProcess = TRUE;
+ switch ( msg->wParam )
{
case VK_TAB:
- if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTTAB ) {
+ // assume that nobody wants Shift-TAB for himself - if we
+ // don't do it there is no easy way for a control to grab
+ // TABs but still let Shift-TAB work as navugation key
+ if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTTAB) && !bShiftDown ) {
bProcess = FALSE;
}
else {
// Ctrl-Tab cycles thru notebook pages
bWindowChange = bCtrlDown;
- bForward = !(::GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) & 0x100);
+ bForward = !bShiftDown;
}
break;
case VK_RETURN:
{
- if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTMESSAGE )
+ if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTMESSAGE) && !bCtrlDown )
{
// control wants to process Enter itself, don't
// call IsDialogMessage() which would interpret
// it
return FALSE;
}
-
- wxButton *btnDefault = GetDefaultItem();
- if ( btnDefault && !bCtrlDown )
+ else if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_BUTTON )
+ {
+ // let IsDialogMessage() handle this for all
+ // buttons except the owner-drawn ones which it
+ // just seems to ignore
+ long style = ::GetWindowLong(msg->hwnd, GWL_STYLE);
+ if ( (style & BS_OWNERDRAW) == BS_OWNERDRAW )
+ {
+ // emulate the button click
+ wxWindow *btn = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)msg->hwnd);
+ if ( btn )
+ btn->MSWCommand(BN_CLICKED, 0 /* unused */);
+ }
+
+ bProcess = FALSE;
+ }
+ // FIXME: this should be handled by
+ // wxNavigationKeyEvent handler and not here!!
+ else
{
- // if there is a default button, Enter should
- // press it
- (void)::SendMessage((HWND)btnDefault->GetHWND(),
- BM_CLICK, 0, 0);
- return TRUE;
+#if wxUSE_BUTTON
+ wxButton *btn = wxDynamicCast(GetDefaultItem(),
+ wxButton);
+ if ( btn && btn->IsEnabled() )
+ {
+ // if we do have a default button, do press it
+ btn->MSWCommand(BN_CLICKED, 0 /* unused */);
+
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ else // no default button
+ {
+#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON
+ // this is a quick and dirty test for a text
+ // control
+ if ( !(lDlgCode & DLGC_HASSETSEL) )
+ {
+ // don't process Enter, the control might
+ // need it for itself and don't let
+ // ::IsDialogMessage() have it as it can
+ // eat the Enter events sometimes
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ else if (!IsTopLevel())
+ {
+ // if not a top level window, let parent
+ // handle it
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ //else: treat Enter as TAB: pass to the next
+ // control as this is the best thing to do
+ // if the text doesn't handle Enter itself
+ }
}
- // else: but if there is not it makes sense to make it
- // work like a TAB - and that's what we do.
- // Note that Ctrl-Enter always works this way.
}
break;
event.SetEventObject(this);
if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
+ {
return TRUE;
+ }
}
}
-
- if ( ::IsDialogMessage((HWND)GetHWND(), msg) )
- return TRUE;
- }
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
- if ( m_tooltip )
- {
- // relay mouse move events to the tooltip control
- MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg;
- if ( msg->message == WM_MOUSEMOVE )
- m_tooltip->RelayEvent(pMsg);
- }
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-bool wxWindow::MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
-{
- if (m_acceleratorTable.Ok() &&
- ::TranslateAccelerator((HWND) GetHWND(), (HACCEL) m_acceleratorTable.GetHACCEL(), (MSG *)pMsg))
- return TRUE;
- else
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-long wxWindow::MSWOnMDIActivate(long WXUNUSED(flag), WXHWND WXUNUSED(activate), WXHWND WXUNUSED(deactivate))
-{
- return 1;
-}
-
-void wxWindow::MSWDetachWindowMenu()
-{
- if (m_hMenu)
- {
- int N = GetMenuItemCount((HMENU) m_hMenu);
- int i;
- for (i = 0; i < N; i++)
+#else // 0
+ // let ::IsDialogMessage() do almost everything and handle just the
+ // things it doesn't here: Ctrl-TAB for switching notebook pages
+ if ( msg->message == WM_KEYDOWN )
{
- char buf[100];
- int chars = GetMenuString((HMENU) m_hMenu, i, buf, 100, MF_BYPOSITION);
- if ((chars > 0) && (strcmp(buf, "&Window") == 0))
+ // don't process system keys here
+ if ( !(HIWORD(msg->lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) )
{
- RemoveMenu((HMENU) m_hMenu, i, MF_BYPOSITION);
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnPaint()
-{
-#ifdef __WIN32__
- HRGN hRegion = ::CreateRectRgn(0, 0, 0, 0); // Dummy call to get a handle
- ::GetUpdateRgn((HWND) GetHWND(), hRegion, FALSE);
-
- m_updateRegion = wxRegion((WXHRGN) hRegion);
-#else
- RECT updateRect;
- ::GetUpdateRect((HWND) GetHWND(), & updateRect, FALSE);
-
- m_updateRegion = wxRegion(updateRect.left, updateRect.top,
- updateRect.right - updateRect.left, updateRect.bottom - updateRect.top);
-#endif
-
- wxPaintEvent event(m_windowId);
- event.SetEventObject(this);
- if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
- Default();
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-void wxWindow::MSWOnSize(int w, int h, WXUINT WXUNUSED(flag))
-{
- if (m_inOnSize)
- return;
+ if ( (msg->wParam == VK_TAB) && wxIsCtrlDown() )
+ {
+ // find the first notebook parent and change its page
+ wxWindow *win = this;
+ wxNotebook *nbook = NULL;
+ while ( win && !nbook )
+ {
+ nbook = wxDynamicCast(win, wxNotebook);
+ win = win->GetParent();
+ }
- if (!m_hWnd)
- return;
+ if ( nbook )
+ {
+ bool forward = !wxIsShiftDown();
- m_inOnSize = TRUE;
+ nbook->AdvanceSelection(forward);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif // 1/0
+
+ // we handle VK_ESCAPE ourselves in wxDialog::OnCharHook() and we
+ // shouldn't let IsDialogMessage() get it as it _always_ eats the
+ // message even when there is no cancel button and when the message is
+ // needed by the control itself: in particular, it prevents the tree in
+ // place edit control from being closed with Escape in a dialog
+ if ( msg->message != WM_KEYDOWN || msg->wParam != VK_ESCAPE )
+ {
+ // ::IsDialogMessage() can enter in an infinite loop when the
+ // currently focused window is disabled or hidden and its parent
+ // has WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style, so don't call it in this case
+ bool canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = TRUE;
- wxSizeEvent event(wxSize(w, h), m_windowId);
- event.SetEventObject(this);
- if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
- Default();
+ HWND hwndFocus = ::GetFocus();
+ while ( hwndFocus )
+ {
+ if ( !::IsWindowEnabled(hwndFocus) ||
+ !::IsWindowVisible(hwndFocus) )
+ {
+ // it would enter an infinite loop if we do this!
+ canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = FALSE;
- m_inOnSize = FALSE;
-}
+ break;
+ }
-void wxWindow::MSWOnWindowPosChanging(void *WXUNUSED(lpPos))
-{
- Default();
-}
+ if ( !(::GetWindowLong(hwndFocus, GWL_STYLE) & WS_CHILD) )
+ {
+ // it's a top level window, don't go further -- e.g. even
+ // if the parent of a dialog is disabled, this doesn't
+ // break navigation inside the dialog
+ break;
+ }
-// Deal with child commands from buttons etc.
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnCommand(WXWORD id, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control)
-{
- if (wxCurrentPopupMenu)
- {
- wxMenu *popupMenu = wxCurrentPopupMenu;
- wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL;
- bool succ = popupMenu->MSWCommand(cmd, id);
- return succ;
- }
+ hwndFocus = ::GetParent(hwndFocus);
+ }
- wxWindow *item = FindItem(id);
- if (item)
- {
- bool value = item->MSWCommand(cmd, id);
- return value;
- }
- else
- {
- wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle(control);
- if (win)
- return win->MSWCommand(cmd, id);
+ if ( canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg && ::IsDialogMessage(GetHwnd(), msg) )
+ {
+ // IsDialogMessage() did something...
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ }
}
- return FALSE;
-}
+#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__
-long wxWindow::MSWOnSysCommand(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
-{
- switch (wParam)
+#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+ if ( m_tooltip )
{
- case SC_MAXIMIZE:
- {
- wxMaximizeEvent event(m_windowId);
- event.SetEventObject(this);
- if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
- return Default();
- else
- return 0;
- break;
- }
- case SC_MINIMIZE:
- {
- wxIconizeEvent event(m_windowId);
- event.SetEventObject(this);
- if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
- return Default();
- else
- return 0;
- break;
- }
- default:
- return Default();
+ // relay mouse move events to the tooltip control
+ MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg;
+ if ( msg->message == WM_MOUSEMOVE )
+ m_tooltip->RelayEvent(pMsg);
}
- return 0;
-}
-
-void wxWindow::MSWOnLButtonDown(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
-{
- wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN);
-
- event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
- event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
- event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
- event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
- event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
- event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
- event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
- event.m_eventObject = this;
-
- m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y; m_lastEvent = wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN;
+#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
- if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
- Default();
+ return FALSE;
}
-void wxWindow::MSWOnLButtonUp(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
{
- wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_LEFT_UP);
-
- event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
- event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
- event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
- event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
- event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
- event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
- event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
- event.m_eventObject = this;
-
- m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y; m_lastEvent = wxEVT_LEFT_UP;
-
- if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
- Default();
+#if wxUSE_ACCEL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+ return m_acceleratorTable.Translate(this, pMsg);
+#else
+ (void) pMsg;
+ return FALSE;
+#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
}
-void wxWindow::MSWOnLButtonDClick(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG* WXUNUSED(pMsg))
{
- wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK);
+ // preprocess all messages by default
+ return TRUE;
+}
- event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
- event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
- event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
- event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
- event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
- event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
- event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
- event.m_eventObject = this;
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// message params unpackers (different for Win16 and Win32)
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y; m_lastEvent = wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK;
+#ifdef __WIN32__
- if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
- Default();
+void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCommand(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
+ WORD *id, WXHWND *hwnd, WORD *cmd)
+{
+ *id = LOWORD(wParam);
+ *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam;
+ *cmd = HIWORD(wParam);
}
-void wxWindow::MSWOnMButtonDown(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
+void wxWindowMSW::UnpackActivate(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
+ WXWORD *state, WXWORD *minimized, WXHWND *hwnd)
{
- wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN);
-
- event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
- event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
- event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
- event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
- event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
- event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
- event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
- event.m_eventObject = this;
-
- m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y; m_lastEvent = wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN;
-
- if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
- Default();
+ *state = LOWORD(wParam);
+ *minimized = HIWORD(wParam);
+ *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam;
}
-void wxWindow::MSWOnMButtonUp(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
+void wxWindowMSW::UnpackScroll(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
+ WXWORD *code, WXWORD *pos, WXHWND *hwnd)
{
- wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP);
-
- event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
- event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
- event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
- event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
- event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
- event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
- event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
- event.m_eventObject = this;
-
- m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y; m_lastEvent = wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP;
-
- if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
- Default();
+ *code = LOWORD(wParam);
+ *pos = HIWORD(wParam);
+ *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam;
}
-void wxWindow::MSWOnMButtonDClick(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
+void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCtlColor(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
+ WXWORD *nCtlColor, WXHDC *hdc, WXHWND *hwnd)
{
- wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK);
-
- event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
- event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
- event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
- event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
- event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
- event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
- event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
- event.m_eventObject = this;
-
- m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y; m_lastEvent = wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK;
-
- if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
- Default();
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+ *nCtlColor = CTLCOLOR_BTN;
+ *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam;
+ *hdc = (WXHDC)wParam;
+#endif
}
-void wxWindow::MSWOnRButtonDown(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
+void wxWindowMSW::UnpackMenuSelect(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
+ WXWORD *item, WXWORD *flags, WXHMENU *hmenu)
{
- wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN);
-
- event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
- event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
- event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
- event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
- event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
- event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
- event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
- event.m_eventObject = this;
+ *item = (WXWORD)wParam;
+ *flags = HIWORD(wParam);
+ *hmenu = (WXHMENU)lParam;
+}
- m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y; m_lastEvent = wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN;
+#else // Win16
- if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
- Default();
+void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCommand(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
+ WXWORD *id, WXHWND *hwnd, WXWORD *cmd)
+{
+ *id = (WXWORD)wParam;
+ *hwnd = (WXHWND)LOWORD(lParam);
+ *cmd = HIWORD(lParam);
}
-void wxWindow::MSWOnRButtonUp(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
+void wxWindowMSW::UnpackActivate(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
+ WXWORD *state, WXWORD *minimized, WXHWND *hwnd)
{
- wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_RIGHT_UP);
-
- event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
- event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
- event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
- event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
- event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
- event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
- event.m_eventObject = this;
- event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
+ *state = (WXWORD)wParam;
+ *minimized = LOWORD(lParam);
+ *hwnd = (WXHWND)HIWORD(lParam);
+}
- m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y; m_lastEvent = wxEVT_RIGHT_UP;
+void wxWindowMSW::UnpackScroll(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
+ WXWORD *code, WXWORD *pos, WXHWND *hwnd)
+{
+ *code = (WXWORD)wParam;
+ *pos = LOWORD(lParam);
+ *hwnd = (WXHWND)HIWORD(lParam);
+}
- if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
- Default();
+void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCtlColor(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
+ WXWORD *nCtlColor, WXHDC *hdc, WXHWND *hwnd)
+{
+ *hwnd = (WXHWND)LOWORD(lParam);
+ *nCtlColor = (int)HIWORD(lParam);
+ *hdc = (WXHDC)wParam;
}
-void wxWindow::MSWOnRButtonDClick(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
+void wxWindowMSW::UnpackMenuSelect(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
+ WXWORD *item, WXWORD *flags, WXHMENU *hmenu)
{
- wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK);
+ *item = (WXWORD)wParam;
+ *flags = LOWORD(lParam);
+ *hmenu = (WXHMENU)HIWORD(lParam);
+}
- event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
- event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
- event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
- event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
- event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
- event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
- event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
- event.m_eventObject = this;
+#endif // Win32/16
- m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y; m_lastEvent = wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK;
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Main wxWindows window proc and the window proc for wxWindow
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
- Default();
-}
+// Hook for new window just as it's being created, when the window isn't yet
+// associated with the handle
+static wxWindowMSW *gs_winBeingCreated = NULL;
-void wxWindow::MSWOnMouseMove(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
+// implementation of wxWindowCreationHook class: it just sets gs_winBeingCreated to the
+// window being created and insures that it's always unset back later
+wxWindowCreationHook::wxWindowCreationHook(wxWindowMSW *winBeingCreated)
{
- // 'normal' move event...
- // Set cursor, but only if we're not in 'busy' mode
-
- // Trouble with this is that it sets the cursor for controls too :-(
- if (m_windowCursor.Ok() && !wxIsBusy())
- ::SetCursor((HCURSOR) m_windowCursor.GetHCURSOR());
+ gs_winBeingCreated = winBeingCreated;
+}
- if (!m_mouseInWindow)
- {
- // Generate an ENTER event
- m_mouseInWindow = TRUE;
- MSWOnMouseEnter(x, y, flags);
- }
+wxWindowCreationHook::~wxWindowCreationHook()
+{
+ gs_winBeingCreated = NULL;
+}
- wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_MOTION);
+// Main window proc
+LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+{
+ // trace all messages - useful for the debugging
+#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
+#if wxUSE_LOG
+ wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages, wxT("Processing %s(wParam=%8lx, lParam=%8lx)"),
+ wxGetMessageName(message), (long) wParam, lParam);
+#endif // wxUSE_LOG
+#endif // __WXDEBUG__
- event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
- event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
- event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
- event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
- event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
- event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
- event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
- event.m_eventObject = this;
+ wxWindowMSW *wnd = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
- // Window gets a click down message followed by a mouse move
- // message even if position isn't changed! We want to discard
- // the trailing move event if x and y are the same.
- if ((m_lastEvent == wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN || m_lastEvent == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN ||
- m_lastEvent == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN) &&
- (m_lastXPos == event.m_x && m_lastYPos == event.m_y))
+ // when we get the first message for the HWND we just created, we associate
+ // it with wxWindow stored in gs_winBeingCreated
+ if ( !wnd && gs_winBeingCreated )
{
- m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y;
- m_lastEvent = wxEVT_MOTION;
- return;
+ wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hWnd, gs_winBeingCreated);
+ wnd = gs_winBeingCreated;
+ gs_winBeingCreated = NULL;
+ wnd->SetHWND((WXHWND)hWnd);
}
- m_lastEvent = wxEVT_MOTION;
- m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y;
-
- if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
- Default();
-}
-
-void wxWindow::MSWOnMouseEnter(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
-{
- wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW);
+ LRESULT rc;
- event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
- event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
- event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
- event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
- event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
- event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
- event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
- event.m_eventObject = this;
+ if ( wnd )
+ rc = wnd->MSWWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam);
+ else
+ rc = ::DefWindowProc(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam);
- m_lastEvent = wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW;
- m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y;
- // No message - ensure we don't try to call the default behaviour accidentally.
- m_lastMsg = 0;
- GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+ return rc;
}
-void wxWindow::MSWOnMouseLeave(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
+long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
{
- wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW);
+ // did we process the message?
+ bool processed = FALSE;
- event.m_x = x; event.m_y = y;
- event.m_shiftDown = ((flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0);
- event.m_controlDown = ((flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0);
- event.m_leftDown = ((flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0);
- event.m_middleDown = ((flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0);
- event.m_rightDown = ((flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0);
- event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
- event.m_eventObject = this;
+ // the return value
+ union
+ {
+ bool allow;
+ long result;
+ WXHICON hIcon;
+ WXHBRUSH hBrush;
+ } rc;
- m_lastEvent = wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW;
- m_lastXPos = event.m_x; m_lastYPos = event.m_y;
- // No message - ensure we don't try to call the default behaviour accidentally.
- m_lastMsg = 0;
- GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
-}
+ // for most messages we should return 0 when we do process the message
+ rc.result = 0;
-void wxWindow::MSWOnChar(WXWORD wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, bool isASCII)
-{
- int id;
- bool tempControlDown = FALSE;
- if (isASCII)
+ switch ( message )
{
- // If 1 -> 26, translate to CTRL plus a letter.
- id = wParam;
- if ((id > 0) && (id < 27))
- {
- switch (id)
+ case WM_CREATE:
{
- case 13:
+ bool mayCreate;
+ processed = HandleCreate((WXLPCREATESTRUCT)lParam, &mayCreate);
+ if ( processed )
{
- id = WXK_RETURN;
- break;
+ // return 0 to allow window creation
+ rc.result = mayCreate ? 0 : -1;
}
- case 8:
- {
- id = WXK_BACK;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case WM_DESTROY:
+ // never set processed to TRUE and *always* pass WM_DESTROY to
+ // DefWindowProc() as Windows may do some internal cleanup when
+ // processing it and failing to pass the message along may cause
+ // memory and resource leaks!
+ (void)HandleDestroy();
+ break;
+
+ case WM_MOVE:
+ processed = HandleMove(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam));
+ break;
+
+ case WM_SIZE:
+ switch ( wParam )
+ {
+ case SIZE_MAXHIDE:
+ case SIZE_MAXSHOW:
+ // we're not interested in these messages at all
break;
- }
- case 9:
- {
- id = WXK_TAB;
+
+ case SIZE_MINIMIZED:
+ // we shouldn't send sizev events for these messages as the
+ // client size may be negative which breaks existing code
+ //
+ // OTOH we might send another (wxMinimizedEvent?) one or
+ // add an additional parameter to wxSizeEvent if this is
+ // useful to anybody
break;
- }
- default:
- {
- tempControlDown = TRUE;
- id = id + 96;
- }
+
+ default:
+ wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unexpected WM_SIZE parameter") );
+ // fall through nevertheless
+
+ case SIZE_MAXIMIZED:
+ case SIZE_RESTORED:
+ processed = HandleSize(LOWORD(lParam), HIWORD(lParam),
+ wParam);
}
- }
- }
- else if ((id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam)) == 0) {
- // it's ASCII and will be processed here only when called from
- // WM_CHAR (i.e. when isASCII = TRUE)
- id = -1;
- }
+ break;
- if (id != -1)
- {
- wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_CHAR);
- event.m_shiftDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT)&0x100?TRUE:FALSE);
- event.m_controlDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL)&0x100?TRUE:FALSE);
- if ((HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN)
- event.m_altDown = TRUE;
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+ case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:
+ wxTheApp->SetActive(wParam != 0, FindFocus());
+ break;
+#endif
- event.m_eventObject = this;
- event.m_keyCode = id;
- event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
+ case WM_ACTIVATE:
+ {
+ WXWORD state, minimized;
+ WXHWND hwnd;
+ UnpackActivate(wParam, lParam, &state, &minimized, &hwnd);
- POINT pt ;
- GetCursorPos(&pt) ;
- RECT rect ;
- GetWindowRect((HWND) GetHWND(),&rect) ;
- pt.x -= rect.left ;
- pt.y -= rect.top ;
+ processed = HandleActivate(state, minimized != 0, (WXHWND)hwnd);
+ }
+ break;
- event.m_x = pt.x; event.m_y = pt.y;
+ case WM_SETFOCUS:
+ processed = HandleSetFocus((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam);
+ break;
- if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
- Default();
- }
-}
+ case WM_KILLFOCUS:
+ processed = HandleKillFocus((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam);
+ break;
-void wxWindow::MSWOnKeyDown(WXWORD wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, bool isASCII)
-{
- int id;
+ case WM_PAINT:
+ processed = HandlePaint();
+ break;
- if ((id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam)) == 0) {
- id = wParam;
- }
+ case WM_CLOSE:
+#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
+ // Universal uses its own wxFrame/wxDialog, so we don't receive
+ // close events unless we have this.
+ Close();
+ processed = TRUE;
+ rc.result = TRUE;
+#else
+ // don't let the DefWindowProc() destroy our window - we'll do it
+ // ourselves in ~wxWindow
+ processed = TRUE;
+ rc.result = TRUE;
+#endif
+ break;
- if (id != -1)
- {
- wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_KEY_DOWN);
- event.m_shiftDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT)&0x100?TRUE:FALSE);
- event.m_controlDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL)&0x100?TRUE:FALSE);
- if ((HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN)
- event.m_altDown = TRUE;
+ case WM_SHOWWINDOW:
+ processed = HandleShow(wParam != 0, (int)lParam);
+ break;
- event.m_eventObject = this;
- event.m_keyCode = id;
- event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
+ case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
+ processed = HandleMouseMove(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam),
+ GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam),
+ wParam);
+ break;
- POINT pt ;
- GetCursorPos(&pt) ;
- RECT rect ;
- GetWindowRect((HWND) GetHWND(),&rect) ;
- pt.x -= rect.left ;
- pt.y -= rect.top ;
+#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
+ case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
+ processed = HandleMouseWheel(wParam, lParam);
+ break;
+#endif
- event.m_x = pt.x; event.m_y = pt.y;
+ case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
+ case WM_LBUTTONUP:
+ case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:
+ case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
+ case WM_RBUTTONUP:
+ case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK:
+ case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
+ case WM_MBUTTONUP:
+ case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK:
+ {
+#ifdef __WXMICROWIN__
+ // MicroWindows seems to ignore the fact that a window is
+ // disabled. So catch mouse events and throw them away if
+ // necessary.
+ wxWindowMSW* win = this;
+ for ( ;; )
+ {
+ if (!win->IsEnabled())
+ {
+ processed = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
- if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
- Default();
- }
-}
+ win = win->GetParent();
+ if ( !win || win->IsTopLevel() )
+ break;
+ }
-void wxWindow::MSWOnKeyUp(WXWORD wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, bool isASCII)
-{
- int id;
+ if ( processed )
+ break;
- if ((id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam)) == 0) {
- id = wParam;
- }
+#endif // __WXMICROWIN__
+ int x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam),
+ y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam);
- if (id != -1)
- {
- wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_KEY_UP);
- event.m_shiftDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT)&0x100?TRUE:FALSE);
- event.m_controlDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL)&0x100?TRUE:FALSE);
- if ((HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN)
- event.m_altDown = TRUE;
+ // redirect the event to a static control if necessary by
+ // finding one under mouse
+ wxWindowMSW *win;
+ if ( GetCapture() == this )
+ {
+ // but don't do it if the mouse is captured by this window
+ // because then it should really get this event itself
+ win = this;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ win = FindWindowForMouseEvent(this, &x, &y);
- event.m_eventObject = this;
- event.m_keyCode = id;
- event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
+ // this should never happen
+ wxCHECK_MSG( win, 0,
+ _T("FindWindowForMouseEvent() returned NULL") );
- POINT pt ;
- GetCursorPos(&pt) ;
- RECT rect ;
- GetWindowRect((HWND) GetHWND(),&rect) ;
- pt.x -= rect.left ;
- pt.y -= rect.top ;
+ // for the standard classes their WndProc sets the focus to
+ // them anyhow and doing it from here results in some weird
+ // problems, but for our windows we want them to acquire
+ // focus when clicked
+ if ( !win->IsOfStandardClass() )
+ {
+ if ( message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN && win->AcceptsFocus() )
+ win->SetFocus();
+ }
+ }
- event.m_x = pt.x; event.m_y = pt.y;
+ processed = win->HandleMouseEvent(message, x, y, wParam);
+ }
+ break;
- if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
- Default();
- }
-}
+#ifdef MM_JOY1MOVE
+ case MM_JOY1MOVE:
+ case MM_JOY2MOVE:
+ case MM_JOY1ZMOVE:
+ case MM_JOY2ZMOVE:
+ case MM_JOY1BUTTONDOWN:
+ case MM_JOY2BUTTONDOWN:
+ case MM_JOY1BUTTONUP:
+ case MM_JOY2BUTTONUP:
+ processed = HandleJoystickEvent(message,
+ GET_X_LPARAM(lParam),
+ GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam),
+ wParam);
+ break;
+#endif // __WXMICROWIN__
-void wxWindow::MSWOnJoyDown(int joystick, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
-{
- int buttons = 0;
- int change = 0;
- if (flags & JOY_BUTTON1CHG)
- change = wxJOY_BUTTON1;
- if (flags & JOY_BUTTON2CHG)
- change = wxJOY_BUTTON2;
- if (flags & JOY_BUTTON3CHG)
- change = wxJOY_BUTTON3;
- if (flags & JOY_BUTTON4CHG)
- change = wxJOY_BUTTON4;
+ case WM_SYSCOMMAND:
+ processed = HandleSysCommand(wParam, lParam);
+ break;
- if (flags & JOY_BUTTON1)
- buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON1;
- if (flags & JOY_BUTTON2)
- buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON2;
- if (flags & JOY_BUTTON3)
- buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON3;
- if (flags & JOY_BUTTON4)
- buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON4;
+ case WM_COMMAND:
+ {
+ WORD id, cmd;
+ WXHWND hwnd;
+ UnpackCommand(wParam, lParam, &id, &hwnd, &cmd);
- wxJoystickEvent event(wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN, buttons, joystick, change);
- event.SetPosition(wxPoint(x, y));
- event.SetEventObject(this);
+ processed = HandleCommand(id, cmd, hwnd);
+ }
+ break;
- GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
-}
+#ifdef __WIN95__
+ case WM_NOTIFY:
+ processed = HandleNotify((int)wParam, lParam, &rc.result);
+ break;
+#endif // Win95
-void wxWindow::MSWOnJoyUp(int joystick, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
-{
- int buttons = 0;
- int change = 0;
- if (flags & JOY_BUTTON1CHG)
- change = wxJOY_BUTTON1;
- if (flags & JOY_BUTTON2CHG)
- change = wxJOY_BUTTON2;
- if (flags & JOY_BUTTON3CHG)
- change = wxJOY_BUTTON3;
- if (flags & JOY_BUTTON4CHG)
- change = wxJOY_BUTTON4;
+ // for these messages we must return TRUE if process the message
+#ifdef WM_DRAWITEM
+ case WM_DRAWITEM:
+ case WM_MEASUREITEM:
+ {
+ int idCtrl = (UINT)wParam;
+ if ( message == WM_DRAWITEM )
+ {
+ processed = MSWOnDrawItem(idCtrl,
+ (WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *)lParam);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ processed = MSWOnMeasureItem(idCtrl,
+ (WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)lParam);
+ }
- if (flags & JOY_BUTTON1)
- buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON1;
- if (flags & JOY_BUTTON2)
- buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON2;
- if (flags & JOY_BUTTON3)
- buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON3;
- if (flags & JOY_BUTTON4)
- buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON4;
+ if ( processed )
+ rc.result = TRUE;
+ }
+ break;
+#endif // defined(WM_DRAWITEM)
- wxJoystickEvent event(wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP, buttons, joystick, change);
- event.SetPosition(wxPoint(x, y));
- event.SetEventObject(this);
+ case WM_GETDLGCODE:
+ if ( !IsOfStandardClass() )
+ {
+ // we always want to get the char events
+ rc.result = DLGC_WANTCHARS;
- GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
-}
+ if ( GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxWANTS_CHARS )
+ {
+ // in fact, we want everything
+ rc.result |= DLGC_WANTARROWS |
+ DLGC_WANTTAB |
+ DLGC_WANTALLKEYS;
+ }
-void wxWindow::MSWOnJoyMove(int joystick, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
-{
- int buttons = 0;
- if (flags & JOY_BUTTON1)
- buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON1;
- if (flags & JOY_BUTTON2)
- buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON2;
- if (flags & JOY_BUTTON3)
- buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON3;
- if (flags & JOY_BUTTON4)
- buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON4;
+ processed = TRUE;
+ }
+ //else: get the dlg code from the DefWindowProc()
+ break;
- wxJoystickEvent event(wxEVT_JOY_MOVE, buttons, joystick, 0);
- event.SetPosition(wxPoint(x, y));
- event.SetEventObject(this);
+ case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
+ case WM_KEYDOWN:
+ // If this has been processed by an event handler, return 0 now
+ // (we've handled it).
+ m_lastKeydownProcessed = HandleKeyDown((WORD) wParam, lParam);
+ if ( m_lastKeydownProcessed )
+ {
+ processed = TRUE;
+ }
- GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
-}
+ if ( !processed )
+ {
+ switch ( wParam )
+ {
+ // we consider these message "not interesting" to OnChar, so
+ // just don't do anything more with them
+ case VK_SHIFT:
+ case VK_CONTROL:
+ case VK_MENU:
+ case VK_CAPITAL:
+ case VK_NUMLOCK:
+ case VK_SCROLL:
+ processed = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ // avoid duplicate messages to OnChar for these ASCII keys:
+ // they will be translated by TranslateMessage() and received
+ // in WM_CHAR
+ case VK_ESCAPE:
+ case VK_SPACE:
+ case VK_RETURN:
+ case VK_BACK:
+ case VK_TAB:
+ case VK_ADD:
+ case VK_SUBTRACT:
+ case VK_MULTIPLY:
+ case VK_DIVIDE:
+ case VK_OEM_1:
+ case VK_OEM_2:
+ case VK_OEM_3:
+ case VK_OEM_4:
+ case VK_OEM_5:
+ case VK_OEM_6:
+ case VK_OEM_7:
+ case VK_OEM_PLUS:
+ case VK_OEM_COMMA:
+ case VK_OEM_MINUS:
+ case VK_OEM_PERIOD:
+ // but set processed to FALSE, not TRUE to still pass them
+ // to the control's default window proc - otherwise
+ // built-in keyboard handling won't work
+ processed = FALSE;
+ break;
+
+#ifdef VK_APPS
+ // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse
+ // click because both usually pop up a context menu
+ case VK_APPS:
+ {
+ WPARAM flags;
+ int x, y;
-void wxWindow::MSWOnJoyZMove(int joystick, int z, WXUINT flags)
-{
- int buttons = 0;
- if (flags & JOY_BUTTON1)
- buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON1;
- if (flags & JOY_BUTTON2)
- buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON2;
- if (flags & JOY_BUTTON3)
- buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON3;
- if (flags & JOY_BUTTON4)
- buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON4;
+ TranslateKbdEventToMouse(this, &x, &y, &flags);
+ processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONDOWN, x, y, flags);
+ }
+ break;
+#endif // VK_APPS
- wxJoystickEvent event(wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE, buttons, joystick, 0);
- event.SetZPosition(z);
- event.SetEventObject(this);
+ default:
+ // do generate a CHAR event
+ processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam);
+ }
+ }
+ if (message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN) // Let Windows still handle the SYSKEYs
+ processed = FALSE;
+ break;
- GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
-}
+ case WM_SYSKEYUP:
+ case WM_KEYUP:
+#ifdef VK_APPS
+ // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse button
+ if ( wParam == VK_APPS )
+ {
+ WPARAM flags;
+ int x, y;
-void wxWindow::MSWOnVScroll(WXWORD wParam, WXWORD pos, WXHWND control)
-{
- if (control)
- {
- wxWindow *child = wxFindWinFromHandle(control);
- if ( child )
- child->MSWOnVScroll(wParam, pos, control);
- return;
- }
+ TranslateKbdEventToMouse(this, &x, &y, &flags);
+ processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONUP, x, y, flags);
+ }
+ else
+#endif // VK_APPS
+ {
+ processed = HandleKeyUp((WORD) wParam, lParam);
+ }
+ break;
- wxScrollEvent event;
- event.SetPosition(pos);
- event.SetOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
- event.m_eventObject = this;
+ case WM_SYSCHAR:
+ case WM_CHAR: // Always an ASCII character
+ if ( m_lastKeydownProcessed )
+ {
+ // The key was handled in the EVT_KEY_DOWN and handling
+ // a key in an EVT_KEY_DOWN handler is meant, by
+ // design, to prevent EVT_CHARs from happening
+ m_lastKeydownProcessed = FALSE;
+ processed = TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam, TRUE);
+ }
+ break;
- switch ( wParam )
- {
- case SB_TOP:
- event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP;
- break;
+ case WM_HSCROLL:
+ case WM_VSCROLL:
+ {
+ WXWORD code, pos;
+ WXHWND hwnd;
+ UnpackScroll(wParam, lParam, &code, &pos, &hwnd);
- case SB_BOTTOM:
- event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM;
- break;
+ processed = MSWOnScroll(message == WM_HSCROLL ? wxHORIZONTAL
+ : wxVERTICAL,
+ code, pos, hwnd);
+ }
+ break;
- case SB_LINEUP:
- event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP;
- break;
+ // CTLCOLOR messages are sent by children to query the parent for their
+ // colors#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+#ifdef __WIN32__
+ case WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX:
+ case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT:
+ case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX:
+ case WM_CTLCOLORBTN:
+ case WM_CTLCOLORDLG:
+ case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR:
+ case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC:
+#else // Win16
+ case WM_CTLCOLOR:
+#endif // Win32/16
+ {
+ WXWORD nCtlColor;
+ WXHDC hdc;
+ WXHWND hwnd;
+ UnpackCtlColor(wParam, lParam, &nCtlColor, &hdc, &hwnd);
+
+ processed = HandleCtlColor(&rc.hBrush,
+ (WXHDC)hdc,
+ (WXHWND)hwnd,
+ nCtlColor,
+ message,
+ wParam,
+ lParam);
+ }
+ break;
+#endif // !__WXMICROWIN__
- case SB_LINEDOWN:
- event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN;
- break;
+ case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE:
+ // the return value for this message is ignored
+ processed = HandleSysColorChange();
+ break;
- case SB_PAGEUP:
- event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP;
- break;
+ case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE:
+ processed = HandleDisplayChange();
+ break;
- case SB_PAGEDOWN:
- event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN;
- break;
+ case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
+ processed = HandlePaletteChanged((WXHWND) (HWND) wParam);
+ break;
- case SB_THUMBTRACK:
- case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
- event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK;
- break;
+ case WM_CAPTURECHANGED:
+ processed = HandleCaptureChanged((WXHWND) (HWND) lParam);
+ break;
- default:
- return;
- break;
- }
+ case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE:
+ processed = HandleQueryNewPalette();
+ break;
- if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
- Default();
-}
+ case WM_ERASEBKGND:
+ processed = HandleEraseBkgnd((WXHDC)(HDC)wParam);
+ if ( processed )
+ {
+ // we processed the message, i.e. erased the background
+ rc.result = TRUE;
+ }
+ break;
-void wxWindow::MSWOnHScroll( WXWORD wParam, WXWORD pos, WXHWND control)
-{
- if (control)
- {
- wxWindow *child = wxFindWinFromHandle(control);
- if ( child ) {
- child->MSWOnHScroll(wParam, pos, control);
+ case WM_DROPFILES:
+ processed = HandleDropFiles(wParam);
+ break;
- return;
- }
- }
- else {
- wxScrollEvent event;
- event.SetPosition(pos);
- event.SetOrientation(wxHORIZONTAL);
- event.m_eventObject = this;
+ case WM_INITDIALOG:
+ processed = HandleInitDialog((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam);
- switch ( wParam )
- {
- case SB_TOP:
- event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP;
+ if ( processed )
+ {
+ // we never set focus from here
+ rc.result = FALSE;
+ }
break;
- case SB_BOTTOM:
- event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM;
+ case WM_QUERYENDSESSION:
+ processed = HandleQueryEndSession(lParam, &rc.allow);
break;
- case SB_LINEUP:
- event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP;
+ case WM_ENDSESSION:
+ processed = HandleEndSession(wParam != 0, lParam);
break;
- case SB_LINEDOWN:
- event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN;
+ case WM_GETMINMAXINFO:
+ processed = HandleGetMinMaxInfo((MINMAXINFO*)lParam);
break;
- case SB_PAGEUP:
- event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP;
+ case WM_SETCURSOR:
+ processed = HandleSetCursor((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam,
+ LOWORD(lParam), // hit test
+ HIWORD(lParam)); // mouse msg
+
+ if ( processed )
+ {
+ // returning TRUE stops the DefWindowProc() from further
+ // processing this message - exactly what we need because we've
+ // just set the cursor.
+ rc.result = TRUE;
+ }
break;
- case SB_PAGEDOWN:
- event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN;
+#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY
+ case WM_GETOBJECT:
+ {
+ //WPARAM dwFlags = (WPARAM) (DWORD) wParam;
+ LPARAM dwObjId = (LPARAM) (DWORD) lParam;
+
+ if (dwObjId == OBJID_CLIENT && GetOrCreateAccessible())
+ {
+ return LresultFromObject(IID_IAccessible, wParam, (IUnknown*) GetAccessible()->GetIAccessible());
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__WIN32__) && defined(WM_HELP)
+ case WM_HELP:
+ {
+ HELPINFO* info = (HELPINFO*) lParam;
+ // Don't yet process menu help events, just windows
+ if (info->iContextType == HELPINFO_WINDOW)
+ {
+ wxWindowMSW* subjectOfHelp = this;
+ bool eventProcessed = FALSE;
+ while (subjectOfHelp && !eventProcessed)
+ {
+ wxHelpEvent helpEvent(wxEVT_HELP,
+ subjectOfHelp->GetId(),
+ wxPoint(info->MousePos.x,
+ info->MousePos.y) );
+ helpEvent.SetEventObject(this);
+ eventProcessed =
+ GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(helpEvent);
+
+ // Go up the window hierarchy until the event is
+ // handled (or not)
+ subjectOfHelp = subjectOfHelp->GetParent();
+ }
+
+ processed = eventProcessed;
+ }
+ else if (info->iContextType == HELPINFO_MENUITEM)
+ {
+ wxHelpEvent helpEvent(wxEVT_HELP, info->iCtrlId);
+ helpEvent.SetEventObject(this);
+ processed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(helpEvent);
+
+ }
+ //else: processed is already FALSE
+ }
break;
- case SB_THUMBTRACK:
- case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
- event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK;
+ case WM_CONTEXTMENU:
+ {
+ // we don't convert from screen to client coordinates as
+ // the event may be handled by a parent window
+ wxPoint pt(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam));
+
+ wxContextMenuEvent evtCtx(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, GetId(), pt);
+ processed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evtCtx);
+ }
break;
- default:
- return;
- }
+ case WM_MENUCHAR:
+ // we're only interested in our own menus, not MF_SYSMENU
+ if ( HIWORD(wParam) == MF_POPUP )
+ {
+ // handle menu chars for ownerdrawn menu items
+ int i = HandleMenuChar(toupper(LOWORD(wParam)), lParam);
+ if ( i != wxNOT_FOUND )
+ {
+ rc.result = MAKELRESULT(i, MNC_EXECUTE);
+ processed = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+#endif // __WIN32__
+ }
- if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
- return;
+ if ( !processed )
+ {
+#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
+#if wxUSE_LOG
+ wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages, wxT("Forwarding %s to DefWindowProc."),
+ wxGetMessageName(message));
+#endif // wxUSE_LOG
+#endif // __WXDEBUG__
+ rc.result = MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam);
}
- // call the default WM_HSCROLL handler: it's non trivial in some common
- // controls (up-down control for example)
- Default();
+ return rc.result;
}
-void wxWindow::MSWOnShow(bool show, int status)
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxWindow <-> HWND map
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+wxWinHashTable *wxWinHandleHash = NULL;
+
+wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd)
{
- wxShowEvent event(GetId(), show);
- event.m_eventObject = this;
- GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+ return wxWinHandleHash->Get((long)hWnd);
}
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnInitDialog(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWndFocus))
+void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win)
{
- wxInitDialogEvent event(GetId());
- event.m_eventObject = this;
- GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
- return TRUE;
+ // adding NULL hWnd is (first) surely a result of an error and
+ // (secondly) breaks menu command processing
+ wxCHECK_RET( hWnd != (HWND)NULL,
+ wxT("attempt to add a NULL hWnd to window list ignored") );
+
+ wxWindow *oldWin = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
+#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
+ if ( oldWin && (oldWin != win) )
+ {
+ wxLogDebug(wxT("HWND %X already associated with another window (%s)"),
+ (int) hWnd, win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName());
+ }
+ else
+#endif // __WXDEBUG__
+ if (!oldWin)
+ {
+ wxWinHandleHash->Put((long)hWnd, (wxWindow *)win);
+ }
}
-void wxWindow::InitDialog()
+void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win)
{
- wxInitDialogEvent event(GetId());
- event.SetEventObject( this );
- GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+ wxWinHandleHash->Delete((long)win->GetHWND());
}
-// Default init dialog behaviour is to transfer data to window
-void wxWindow::OnInitDialog(wxInitDialogEvent& event)
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// various MSW speciic class dependent functions
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Default destroyer - override if you destroy it in some other way
+// (e.g. with MDI child windows)
+void wxWindowMSW::MSWDestroyWindow()
{
- TransferDataToWindow();
}
-void wxGetCharSize(WXHWND wnd, int *x, int *y,wxFont *the_font)
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ int& x, int& y,
+ int& w, int& h) const
{
- TEXTMETRIC tm;
- HDC dc = ::GetDC((HWND) wnd);
- HFONT fnt =0;
- HFONT was = 0;
- if (the_font)
+ static const int DEFAULT_Y = 200;
+ static const int DEFAULT_H = 250;
+
+ bool nonDefault = FALSE;
+
+ if ( pos.x == -1 )
{
- // the_font->UseResource();
- // the_font->RealizeResource();
- fnt = (HFONT)the_font->GetResourceHandle();
- if ( fnt )
- was = (HFONT) SelectObject(dc,fnt) ;
+ // if set x to CW_USEDEFAULT, y parameter is ignored anyhow so we can
+ // just as well set it to CW_USEDEFAULT as well
+ x =
+ y = CW_USEDEFAULT;
}
- GetTextMetrics(dc, &tm);
- if (the_font && fnt && was)
+ else
{
- SelectObject(dc,was) ;
- }
- ReleaseDC((HWND)wnd, dc);
- *x = tm.tmAveCharWidth;
- *y = tm.tmHeight + tm.tmExternalLeading;
+ // OTOH, if x is not set to CW_USEDEFAULT, y shouldn't be set to it
+ // neither because it is not handled as a special value by Windows then
+ // and so we have to choose some default value for it
+ x = pos.x;
+ y = pos.y == -1 ? DEFAULT_Y : pos.y;
- // if (the_font)
- // the_font->ReleaseResource();
-}
+ nonDefault = TRUE;
+ }
-// Returns 0 if was a normal ASCII value, not a special key. This indicates that
-// the key should be ignored by WM_KEYDOWN and processed by WM_CHAR instead.
-int wxCharCodeMSWToWX(int keySym)
-{
- int id = 0;
- switch (keySym)
+ /*
+ NB: there used to be some code here which set the initial size of the
+ window to the client size of the parent if no explicit size was
+ specified. This was wrong because wxWindows programs often assume
+ that they get a WM_SIZE (EVT_SIZE) upon creation, however this broke
+ it. To see why, you should understand that Windows sends WM_SIZE from
+ inside ::CreateWindow() anyhow. However, ::CreateWindow() is called
+ from some base class ctor and so this WM_SIZE is not processed in the
+ real class' OnSize() (because it's not fully constructed yet and the
+ event goes to some base class OnSize() instead). So the WM_SIZE we
+ rely on is the one sent when the parent frame resizes its children
+ but here is the problem: if the child already has just the right
+ size, nothing will happen as both wxWindows and Windows check for
+ this and ignore any attempts to change the window size to the size it
+ already has - so no WM_SIZE would be sent.
+ */
+ if ( size.x == -1 )
{
- case VK_CANCEL: id = WXK_CANCEL; break;
- case VK_BACK: id = WXK_BACK; break;
- case VK_TAB: id = WXK_TAB; break;
- case VK_CLEAR: id = WXK_CLEAR; break;
- case VK_RETURN: id = WXK_RETURN; break;
- case VK_SHIFT: id = WXK_SHIFT; break;
- case VK_CONTROL: id = WXK_CONTROL; break;
- case VK_MENU : id = WXK_MENU; break;
- case VK_PAUSE: id = WXK_PAUSE; break;
- case VK_SPACE: id = WXK_SPACE; break;
- case VK_ESCAPE: id = WXK_ESCAPE; break;
- case VK_PRIOR: id = WXK_PRIOR; break;
- case VK_NEXT : id = WXK_NEXT; break;
- case VK_END: id = WXK_END; break;
- case VK_HOME : id = WXK_HOME; break;
- case VK_LEFT : id = WXK_LEFT; break;
- case VK_UP: id = WXK_UP; break;
- case VK_RIGHT: id = WXK_RIGHT; break;
- case VK_DOWN : id = WXK_DOWN; break;
- case VK_SELECT: id = WXK_SELECT; break;
- case VK_PRINT: id = WXK_PRINT; break;
- case VK_EXECUTE: id = WXK_EXECUTE; break;
- case VK_INSERT: id = WXK_INSERT; break;
- case VK_DELETE: id = WXK_DELETE; break;
- case VK_HELP : id = WXK_HELP; break;
- case VK_NUMPAD0: id = WXK_NUMPAD0; break;
- case VK_NUMPAD1: id = WXK_NUMPAD1; break;
- case VK_NUMPAD2: id = WXK_NUMPAD2; break;
- case VK_NUMPAD3: id = WXK_NUMPAD3; break;
- case VK_NUMPAD4: id = WXK_NUMPAD4; break;
- case VK_NUMPAD5: id = WXK_NUMPAD5; break;
- case VK_NUMPAD6: id = WXK_NUMPAD6; break;
- case VK_NUMPAD7: id = WXK_NUMPAD7; break;
- case VK_NUMPAD8: id = WXK_NUMPAD8; break;
- case VK_NUMPAD9: id = WXK_NUMPAD9; break;
- case VK_MULTIPLY: id = WXK_MULTIPLY; break;
- case VK_ADD: id = WXK_ADD; break;
- case VK_SUBTRACT: id = WXK_SUBTRACT; break;
- case VK_DECIMAL: id = WXK_DECIMAL; break;
- case VK_DIVIDE: id = WXK_DIVIDE; break;
- case VK_F1: id = WXK_F1; break;
- case VK_F2: id = WXK_F2; break;
- case VK_F3: id = WXK_F3; break;
- case VK_F4: id = WXK_F4; break;
- case VK_F5: id = WXK_F5; break;
- case VK_F6: id = WXK_F6; break;
- case VK_F7: id = WXK_F7; break;
- case VK_F8: id = WXK_F8; break;
- case VK_F9: id = WXK_F9; break;
- case VK_F10: id = WXK_F10; break;
- case VK_F11: id = WXK_F11; break;
- case VK_F12: id = WXK_F12; break;
- case VK_F13: id = WXK_F13; break;
- case VK_F14: id = WXK_F14; break;
- case VK_F15: id = WXK_F15; break;
- case VK_F16: id = WXK_F16; break;
- case VK_F17: id = WXK_F17; break;
- case VK_F18: id = WXK_F18; break;
- case VK_F19: id = WXK_F19; break;
- case VK_F20: id = WXK_F20; break;
- case VK_F21: id = WXK_F21; break;
- case VK_F22: id = WXK_F22; break;
- case VK_F23: id = WXK_F23; break;
- case VK_F24: id = WXK_F24; break;
- case VK_NUMLOCK: id = WXK_NUMLOCK; break;
- case VK_SCROLL: id = WXK_SCROLL; break;
- default:
- {
- return 0;
- }
+ // as above, h is not used at all in this case anyhow
+ w =
+ h = CW_USEDEFAULT;
}
- return id;
-}
-
-int wxCharCodeWXToMSW(int id, bool *isVirtual)
-{
- *isVirtual = TRUE;
- int keySym = 0;
- switch (id)
+ else
{
- case WXK_CANCEL: keySym = VK_CANCEL; break;
- case WXK_CLEAR: keySym = VK_CLEAR; break;
- case WXK_SHIFT: keySym = VK_SHIFT; break;
- case WXK_CONTROL: keySym = VK_CONTROL; break;
- case WXK_MENU : keySym = VK_MENU; break;
- case WXK_PAUSE: keySym = VK_PAUSE; break;
- case WXK_PRIOR: keySym = VK_PRIOR; break;
- case WXK_NEXT : keySym = VK_NEXT; break;
- case WXK_END: keySym = VK_END; break;
- case WXK_HOME : keySym = VK_HOME; break;
- case WXK_LEFT : keySym = VK_LEFT; break;
- case WXK_UP: keySym = VK_UP; break;
- case WXK_RIGHT: keySym = VK_RIGHT; break;
- case WXK_DOWN : keySym = VK_DOWN; break;
- case WXK_SELECT: keySym = VK_SELECT; break;
- case WXK_PRINT: keySym = VK_PRINT; break;
- case WXK_EXECUTE: keySym = VK_EXECUTE; break;
- case WXK_INSERT: keySym = VK_INSERT; break;
- case WXK_DELETE: keySym = VK_DELETE; break;
- case WXK_HELP : keySym = VK_HELP; break;
- case WXK_NUMPAD0: keySym = VK_NUMPAD0; break;
- case WXK_NUMPAD1: keySym = VK_NUMPAD1; break;
- case WXK_NUMPAD2: keySym = VK_NUMPAD2; break;
- case WXK_NUMPAD3: keySym = VK_NUMPAD3; break;
- case WXK_NUMPAD4: keySym = VK_NUMPAD4; break;
- case WXK_NUMPAD5: keySym = VK_NUMPAD5; break;
- case WXK_NUMPAD6: keySym = VK_NUMPAD6; break;
- case WXK_NUMPAD7: keySym = VK_NUMPAD7; break;
- case WXK_NUMPAD8: keySym = VK_NUMPAD8; break;
- case WXK_NUMPAD9: keySym = VK_NUMPAD9; break;
- case WXK_MULTIPLY: keySym = VK_MULTIPLY; break;
- case WXK_ADD: keySym = VK_ADD; break;
- case WXK_SUBTRACT: keySym = VK_SUBTRACT; break;
- case WXK_DECIMAL: keySym = VK_DECIMAL; break;
- case WXK_DIVIDE: keySym = VK_DIVIDE; break;
- case WXK_F1: keySym = VK_F1; break;
- case WXK_F2: keySym = VK_F2; break;
- case WXK_F3: keySym = VK_F3; break;
- case WXK_F4: keySym = VK_F4; break;
- case WXK_F5: keySym = VK_F5; break;
- case WXK_F6: keySym = VK_F6; break;
- case WXK_F7: keySym = VK_F7; break;
- case WXK_F8: keySym = VK_F8; break;
- case WXK_F9: keySym = VK_F9; break;
- case WXK_F10: keySym = VK_F10; break;
- case WXK_F11: keySym = VK_F11; break;
- case WXK_F12: keySym = VK_F12; break;
- case WXK_F13: keySym = VK_F13; break;
- case WXK_F14: keySym = VK_F14; break;
- case WXK_F15: keySym = VK_F15; break;
- case WXK_F16: keySym = VK_F16; break;
- case WXK_F17: keySym = VK_F17; break;
- case WXK_F18: keySym = VK_F18; break;
- case WXK_F19: keySym = VK_F19; break;
- case WXK_F20: keySym = VK_F20; break;
- case WXK_F21: keySym = VK_F21; break;
- case WXK_F22: keySym = VK_F22; break;
- case WXK_F23: keySym = VK_F23; break;
- case WXK_F24: keySym = VK_F24; break;
- case WXK_NUMLOCK: keySym = VK_NUMLOCK; break;
- case WXK_SCROLL: keySym = VK_SCROLL; break;
- default:
- {
- *isVirtual = FALSE;
- keySym = id;
- break;
- }
+ // and, again as above, we can't set the height to CW_USEDEFAULT here
+ w = size.x;
+ h = size.y == -1 ? DEFAULT_H : size.y;
+
+ nonDefault = TRUE;
}
- return keySym;
-}
-// Caret manipulation
-void wxWindow::CreateCaret(int w, int h)
-{
- m_caretWidth = w;
- m_caretHeight = h;
- m_caretEnabled = TRUE;
+ return nonDefault;
}
-void wxWindow::CreateCaret(const wxBitmap *WXUNUSED(bitmap))
+WXHWND wxWindowMSW::MSWGetParent() const
{
- // Not implemented
+ return m_parent ? m_parent->GetHWND() : WXHWND(NULL);
}
-void wxWindow::ShowCaret(bool show)
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCreate(const wxChar *wclass,
+ const wxChar *title,
+ const wxPoint& pos,
+ const wxSize& size,
+ WXDWORD style,
+ WXDWORD extendedStyle)
{
- if (m_caretEnabled)
+ // choose the position/size for the new window
+ int x, y, w, h;
+ (void)MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(pos, size, x, y, w, h);
+
+ // controlId is menu handle for the top level windows, so set it to 0
+ // unless we're creating a child window
+ int controlId = style & WS_CHILD ? GetId() : 0;
+
+ // for each class "Foo" we have we also have "FooNR" ("no repaint") class
+ // which is the same but without CS_[HV]REDRAW class styles so using it
+ // ensures that the window is not fully repainted on each resize
+ wxString className(wclass);
+ if ( GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxNO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
{
- if (show)
- ::ShowCaret((HWND) GetHWND());
- else
- ::HideCaret((HWND) GetHWND());
- m_caretShown = show;
+ className += wxT("NR");
+ }
+
+ // do create the window
+ wxWindowCreationHook hook(this);
+
+ m_hWnd = (WXHWND)::CreateWindowEx
+ (
+ extendedStyle,
+ className,
+ title ? title : wxT(""),
+ style,
+ x, y, w, h,
+ (HWND)MSWGetParent(),
+ (HMENU)controlId,
+ wxGetInstance(),
+ NULL // no extra data
+ );
+
+ if ( !m_hWnd )
+ {
+ wxLogSysError(_("Can't create window of class %s"), wclass);
+
+ return FALSE;
}
-}
-void wxWindow::DestroyCaret()
-{
- m_caretEnabled = FALSE;
-}
+ SubclassWin(m_hWnd);
-void wxWindow::SetCaretPos(int x, int y)
-{
- ::SetCaretPos(x, y);
+ SetFont(wxSystemSettings::GetFont(wxSYS_DEFAULT_GUI_FONT));
+
+ return TRUE;
}
-void wxWindow::GetCaretPos(int *x, int *y) const
+// ===========================================================================
+// MSW message handlers
+// ===========================================================================
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// WM_NOTIFY
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifdef __WIN95__
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result)
{
- POINT point;
- ::GetCaretPos(&point);
- *x = point.x;
- *y = point.y;
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+ LPNMHDR hdr = (LPNMHDR)lParam;
+ HWND hWnd = hdr->hwndFrom;
+ wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hWnd);
+
+ // if the control is one of our windows, let it handle the message itself
+ if ( win )
+ {
+ return win->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result);
+ }
+
+ // VZ: why did we do it? normally this is unnecessary and, besides, it
+ // breaks the message processing for the toolbars because the tooltip
+ // notifications were being forwarded to the toolbar child controls
+ // (if it had any) before being passed to the toolbar itself, so in my
+ // example the tooltip for the combobox was always shown instead of the
+ // correct button tooltips
+#if 0
+ // try all our children
+ wxWindowList::Node *node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+ while ( node )
+ {
+ wxWindow *child = node->GetData();
+ if ( child->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result) )
+ {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ node = node->GetNext();
+ }
+#endif // 0
+
+ // by default, handle it ourselves
+ return MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result);
+#else // __WXMICROWIN__
+ return FALSE;
+#endif
}
-wxWindow *wxGetActiveWindow()
+#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleTooltipNotify(WXUINT code,
+ WXLPARAM lParam,
+ const wxString& ttip)
{
- HWND hWnd = GetActiveWindow();
- if (hWnd != 0)
+ // I don't know why it happens, but the versions of comctl32.dll starting
+ // from 4.70 sometimes send TTN_NEEDTEXTW even to ANSI programs (normally,
+ // this message is supposed to be sent to Unicode programs only) -- hence
+ // we need to handle it as well, otherwise no tooltips will be shown in
+ // this case
+
+ if ( !(code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTA || code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTW) || ttip.empty() )
{
- return wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
+ // not a tooltip message or no tooltip to show anyhow
+ return FALSE;
}
- return NULL;
+
+ LPTOOLTIPTEXT ttText = (LPTOOLTIPTEXT)lParam;
+
+#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
+ if ( code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTA )
+ {
+ // we pass just the pointer as we store the string internally anyhow
+ ttText->lpszText = (char *)ttip.c_str();
+ }
+ else // TTN_NEEDTEXTW
+#endif // !Unicode
+ {
+#if wxUSE_UNICODE
+ // in Unicode mode this is just what we need
+ ttText->lpszText = (wxChar *)ttip.c_str();
+#else // !Unicode
+ MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, ttip, ttip.length()+1,
+ (wchar_t *)ttText->szText,
+ sizeof(ttText->szText) / sizeof(wchar_t));
+#endif // Unicode/!Unicode
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
}
-// Windows keyboard hook. Allows interception of e.g. F1, ESCAPE
-// in active frames and dialogs, regardless of where the focus is.
-static HHOOK wxTheKeyboardHook = 0;
-static FARPROC wxTheKeyboardHookProc = 0;
-int APIENTRY _EXPORT
-wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam);
+#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-void wxSetKeyboardHook(bool doIt)
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnNotify(int WXUNUSED(idCtrl),
+ WXLPARAM lParam,
+ WXLPARAM* WXUNUSED(result))
{
- if (doIt)
+#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+ if ( m_tooltip )
{
- wxTheKeyboardHookProc = MakeProcInstance((FARPROC) wxKeyboardHook, wxGetInstance());
- wxTheKeyboardHook = SetWindowsHookEx(WH_KEYBOARD, (HOOKPROC) wxTheKeyboardHookProc, wxGetInstance(),
-#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__TWIN32__)
- GetCurrentThreadId());
- // (DWORD)GetCurrentProcess()); // This is another possibility. Which is right?
-#else
- GetCurrentTask());
-#endif
+ NMHDR* hdr = (NMHDR *)lParam;
+ if ( HandleTooltipNotify(hdr->code, lParam, m_tooltip->GetTip()))
+ {
+ // processed
+ return TRUE;
+ }
}
- else
+#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+#endif // __WIN95__
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// end session messages
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryEndSession(long logOff, bool *mayEnd)
+{
+ wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, -1);
+ event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp);
+ event.SetCanVeto(TRUE);
+ event.SetLoggingOff(logOff == (long)ENDSESSION_LOGOFF);
+
+ bool rc = wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event);
+
+ if ( rc )
{
- UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook);
- FreeProcInstance(wxTheKeyboardHookProc);
+ // we may end only if the app didn't veto session closing (double
+ // negation...)
+ *mayEnd = !event.GetVeto();
}
+
+ return rc;
}
-int APIENTRY _EXPORT
-wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEndSession(bool endSession, long logOff)
{
- DWORD hiWord = HIWORD(lParam);
- if (nCode != HC_NOREMOVE && ((hiWord & KF_UP) == 0))
- {
- int id;
- if ((id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam)) != 0)
- {
- wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK);
- if ((HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN)
- event.m_altDown = TRUE;
+ // do nothing if the session isn't ending
+ if ( !endSession )
+ return FALSE;
- event.m_eventObject = NULL;
- event.m_keyCode = id;
- /* begin Albert's fix for control and shift key 26.5 */
- event.m_shiftDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT)&0x100?TRUE:FALSE);
- event.m_controlDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL)&0x100?TRUE:FALSE);
- /* end Albert's fix for control and shift key 26.5 */
- event.SetTimestamp(wxApp::sm_lastMessageTime);
+ // only send once
+ if ( (this != wxTheApp->GetTopWindow()) )
+ return FALSE;
- wxWindow *win = wxGetActiveWindow();
- if (win)
- {
- if (win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
- return 1;
- }
- else
+ wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_END_SESSION, -1);
+ event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp);
+ event.SetCanVeto(FALSE);
+ event.SetLoggingOff( (logOff == (long)ENDSESSION_LOGOFF) );
+
+ return wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event);
+}
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// window creation/destruction
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCreate(WXLPCREATESTRUCT cs, bool *mayCreate)
+{
+ // if we have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT flag we absolutely *must* set it for our
+ // parent as well as otherwise several Win32 functions using
+ // GetNextDlgTabItem() to iterate over all controls such as
+ // IsDialogMessage() or DefDlgProc() would enter an infinite loop: indeed,
+ // all of them iterate over all the controls starting from the focus and
+ // stop iterating when they get back to the focus but unless all parents
+ // have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT bit set, they would never get back to focus
+ if ( ((CREATESTRUCT *)cs)->dwExStyle & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT )
+ {
+ // there is no need to do anything for the top level windows
+ const wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
+ while ( parent && !parent->IsTopLevel() )
+ {
+ LONG exStyle = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(parent), GWL_EXSTYLE);
+ if ( !(exStyle & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) )
{
- if ( wxTheApp && wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event) )
- return 1;
+ // force the parent to have this style
+ ::SetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(parent), GWL_EXSTYLE,
+ exStyle | WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT);
}
+
+ parent = parent->GetParent();
}
}
- return (int)CallNextHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook, nCode, wParam, lParam);
-}
-void wxWindow::SetSizeHints(int minW, int minH, int maxW, int maxH, int WXUNUSED(incW), int WXUNUSED(incH))
-{
- m_minSizeX = minW;
- m_minSizeY = minH;
- m_maxSizeX = maxW;
- m_maxSizeY = maxH;
+ // TODO: should generate this event from WM_NCCREATE
+ wxWindowCreateEvent event((wxWindow *)this);
+ (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+
+ *mayCreate = TRUE;
+
+ return TRUE;
}
-void wxWindow::Centre(int direction)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDestroy()
{
- int x, y, width, height, panel_width, panel_height, new_x, new_y;
-
- wxWindow *father = (wxWindow *)GetParent();
- if (!father)
- return;
+ SendDestroyEvent();
- father->GetClientSize(&panel_width, &panel_height);
- GetSize(&width, &height);
- GetPosition(&x, &y);
+ // delete our drop target if we've got one
+#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+#ifndef __DIGITALMARS__
+ if ( m_dropTarget != NULL )
+ {
+ m_dropTarget->Revoke(m_hWnd);
- new_x = -1;
- new_y = -1;
+ delete m_dropTarget;
+ m_dropTarget = NULL;
+ }
+#endif //#ifndef __DIGITALMARS__
+#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
- if (direction & wxHORIZONTAL)
- new_x = (int)((panel_width - width)/2);
+ // WM_DESTROY handled
+ return TRUE;
+}
- if (direction & wxVERTICAL)
- new_y = (int)((panel_height - height)/2);
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// activation/focus
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- SetSize(new_x, new_y, -1, -1);
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleActivate(int state,
+ bool WXUNUSED(minimized),
+ WXHWND WXUNUSED(activate))
+{
+ wxActivateEvent event(wxEVT_ACTIVATE,
+ (state == WA_ACTIVE) || (state == WA_CLICKACTIVE),
+ m_windowId);
+ event.SetEventObject(this);
+ return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
}
-void wxWindow::WarpPointer (int x_pos, int y_pos)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetFocus(WXHWND hwnd)
{
- // Move the pointer to (x_pos,y_pos) coordinates. They are expressed in
- // pixel coordinates, relatives to the canvas -- So, we first need to
- // substract origin of the window, then convert to screen position
+ // notify the parent keeping track of focus for the kbd navigation
+ // purposes that we got it
+ wxChildFocusEvent eventFocus((wxWindow *)this);
+ (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(eventFocus);
- int x = x_pos; int y = y_pos;
- RECT rect;
- GetWindowRect ((HWND) GetHWND(), &rect);
+#if wxUSE_CARET
+ // Deal with caret
+ if ( m_caret )
+ {
+ m_caret->OnSetFocus();
+ }
+#endif // wxUSE_CARET
- x += rect.left;
- y += rect.top;
+#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
+ // If it's a wxTextCtrl don't send the event as it will be done
+ // after the control gets to process it from EN_FOCUS handler
+ if ( wxDynamicCastThis(wxTextCtrl) )
+ {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
- SetCursorPos (x, y);
-}
+ wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_SET_FOCUS, m_windowId);
+ event.SetEventObject(this);
-void wxWindow::MSWDeviceToLogical (float *x, float *y) const
-{
+ // wxFindWinFromHandle() may return NULL, it is ok
+ event.SetWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd));
+
+ return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
}
-bool wxWindow::MSWOnEraseBkgnd (WXHDC pDC)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKillFocus(WXHWND hwnd)
{
- wxDC dc ;
-
- dc.SetHDC(pDC);
- dc.SetWindow(this);
- dc.BeginDrawing();
+#if wxUSE_CARET
+ // Deal with caret
+ if ( m_caret )
+ {
+ m_caret->OnKillFocus();
+ }
+#endif // wxUSE_CARET
- wxEraseEvent event(m_windowId, &dc);
- event.m_eventObject = this;
- if (!GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
+#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
+ // If it's a wxTextCtrl don't send the event as it will be done
+ // after the control gets to process it.
+ wxTextCtrl *ctrl = wxDynamicCastThis(wxTextCtrl);
+ if ( ctrl )
{
- dc.EndDrawing();
- dc.SelectOldObjects(pDC);
return FALSE;
}
- else
+#endif
+
+ // Don't send the event when in the process of being deleted. This can
+ // only cause problems if the event handler tries to access the object.
+ if ( m_isBeingDeleted )
{
- dc.EndDrawing();
- dc.SelectOldObjects(pDC);
+ return FALSE;
}
- dc.SetHDC((WXHDC) NULL);
- return TRUE;
+ wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, m_windowId);
+ event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+ // wxFindWinFromHandle() may return NULL, it is ok
+ event.SetWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd));
+
+ return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
}
-void wxWindow::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event)
-{
- if (!GetHWND())
- return;
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// miscellaneous
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- RECT rect;
- ::GetClientRect((HWND) GetHWND(), &rect);
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleShow(bool show, int WXUNUSED(status))
+{
+ wxShowEvent event(GetId(), show);
+ event.m_eventObject = this;
- COLORREF ref = PALETTERGB(m_backgroundColour.Red(), m_backgroundColour.Green(), m_backgroundColour.Blue()) ;
- HBRUSH hBrush = ::CreateSolidBrush(ref);
- int mode = ::SetMapMode((HDC) event.GetDC()->GetHDC(), MM_TEXT);
+ return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+}
- // ::GetClipBox((HDC) event.GetDC()->GetHDC(), &rect);
- ::FillRect ((HDC) event.GetDC()->GetHDC(), &rect, hBrush);
- ::DeleteObject(hBrush);
- ::SetMapMode((HDC) event.GetDC()->GetHDC(), mode);
- /*
- // Less efficient version (and doesn't account for scrolling)
- int w, h;
- GetClientSize(& w, & h);
- wxBrush *brush = wxTheBrushList->FindOrCreateBrush(& GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID);
- event.GetDC()->SetBrush(brush);
- event.GetDC()->SetPen(wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleInitDialog(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWndFocus))
+{
+ wxInitDialogEvent event(GetId());
+ event.m_eventObject = this;
- event.GetDC()->DrawRectangle(0, 0, w+1, h+1);
- */
+ return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
}
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
-void wxWindow::SetScrollRange(int orient, int range, bool refresh)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDropFiles(WXWPARAM wParam)
{
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
+//FIX ME __DIGITALMARS__
+#if defined (__WXMICROWIN__) || defined (__DIGITALMARS__)
+ return FALSE;
+#else // __WXMICROWIN__
+ HDROP hFilesInfo = (HDROP) wParam;
- int range1 = range;
+ // Get the total number of files dropped
+ UINT gwFilesDropped = ::DragQueryFile
+ (
+ (HDROP)hFilesInfo,
+ (UINT)-1,
+ (LPTSTR)0,
+ (UINT)0
+ );
- // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
- // - a Windows API quirk
- int pageSize = GetScrollPage(orient);
- if ( pageSize > 1 && range > 0)
+ wxString *files = new wxString[gwFilesDropped];
+ for ( UINT wIndex = 0; wIndex < gwFilesDropped; wIndex++ )
{
- range1 += (pageSize - 1);
- }
+ // first get the needed buffer length (+1 for terminating NUL)
+ size_t len = ::DragQueryFile(hFilesInfo, wIndex, NULL, 0) + 1;
- SCROLLINFO info;
- int dir;
+ // and now get the file name
+ ::DragQueryFile(hFilesInfo, wIndex,
+ files[wIndex].GetWriteBuf(len), len);
- if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL) {
- dir = SB_HORZ;
- } else {
- dir = SB_VERT;
+ files[wIndex].UngetWriteBuf();
}
+ DragFinish (hFilesInfo);
- info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
- info.nPage = pageSize; // Have to set this, or scrollbar goes awry
- info.nMin = 0;
- info.nMax = range1;
- info.nPos = 0;
- info.fMask = SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE;
+ wxDropFilesEvent event(wxEVT_DROP_FILES, gwFilesDropped, files);
+ event.m_eventObject = this;
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
- if (hWnd)
- ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
-#else
- int wOrient ;
- if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
- wOrient = SB_HORZ;
- else
- wOrient = SB_VERT;
+ POINT dropPoint;
+ DragQueryPoint(hFilesInfo, (LPPOINT) &dropPoint);
+ event.m_pos.x = dropPoint.x;
+ event.m_pos.y = dropPoint.y;
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
- if (hWnd)
- ::SetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, 0, range, refresh);
+ return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
#endif
}
-void wxWindow::SetScrollPage(int orient, int page, bool refresh)
+#ifdef __DIGITALMARS__
+extern "C" HCURSOR wxGetCurrentBusyCursor();
+#endif
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetCursor(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd),
+ short nHitTest,
+ int WXUNUSED(mouseMsg))
{
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
- SCROLLINFO info;
- int dir;
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+ // the logic is as follows:
+ // -1. don't set cursor for non client area, including but not limited to
+ // the title bar, scrollbars, &c
+ // 0. allow the user to override default behaviour by using EVT_SET_CURSOR
+ // 1. if we have the cursor set it unless wxIsBusy()
+ // 2. if we're a top level window, set some cursor anyhow
+ // 3. if wxIsBusy(), set the busy cursor, otherwise the global one
- if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL) {
- dir = SB_HORZ;
- m_xThumbSize = page;
- } else {
- dir = SB_VERT;
- m_yThumbSize = page;
+ if ( nHitTest != HTCLIENT )
+ {
+ return FALSE;
}
- info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
- info.nPage = page;
- info.nMin = 0;
- info.fMask = SIF_PAGE ;
+ HCURSOR hcursor = 0;
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
- if (hWnd)
- ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
+ // first ask the user code - it may wish to set the cursor in some very
+ // specific way (for example, depending on the current position)
+ POINT pt;
+#ifdef __WIN32__
+ if ( !::GetCursorPos(&pt) )
+ {
+ wxLogLastError(wxT("GetCursorPos"));
+ }
#else
- if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
- m_xThumbSize = page;
- else
- m_yThumbSize = page;
+ // In WIN16 it doesn't return a value.
+ ::GetCursorPos(&pt);
#endif
-}
-int wxWindow::OldGetScrollRange(int orient) const
-{
- int wOrient ;
- if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
- wOrient = SB_HORZ;
- else
- wOrient = SB_VERT;
+ int x = pt.x,
+ y = pt.y;
+ ScreenToClient(&x, &y);
+ wxSetCursorEvent event(x, y);
-#if __WATCOMC__ && defined(__WINDOWS_386__)
- short minPos, maxPos;
-#else
- int minPos, maxPos;
-#endif
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
- if (hWnd)
+ bool processedEvtSetCursor = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+ if ( processedEvtSetCursor && event.HasCursor() )
{
- ::GetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, &minPos, &maxPos);
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
- // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
- // - a Windows API quirk
- int pageSize = GetScrollPage(orient);
- if ( pageSize > 1 )
+ hcursor = GetHcursorOf(event.GetCursor());
+ }
+
+ if ( !hcursor )
+ {
+ bool isBusy = wxIsBusy();
+
+ // the test for processedEvtSetCursor is here to prevent using m_cursor
+ // if the user code caught EVT_SET_CURSOR() and returned nothing from
+ // it - this is a way to say that our cursor shouldn't be used for this
+ // point
+ if ( !processedEvtSetCursor && m_cursor.Ok() )
{
- maxPos -= (pageSize - 1);
+ hcursor = GetHcursorOf(m_cursor);
+ }
+
+ if ( !GetParent() )
+ {
+ if ( isBusy )
+ {
+ hcursor = wxGetCurrentBusyCursor();
+ }
+ else if ( !hcursor )
+ {
+ const wxCursor *cursor = wxGetGlobalCursor();
+ if ( cursor && cursor->Ok() )
+ {
+ hcursor = GetHcursorOf(*cursor);
+ }
+ }
}
-#endif
- return maxPos;
}
- else
- return 0;
-}
-int wxWindow::GetScrollPage(int orient) const
-{
- if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
- return m_xThumbSize;
- else
- return m_yThumbSize;
+ if ( hcursor )
+ {
+// wxLogDebug("HandleSetCursor: Setting cursor %ld", (long) hcursor);
+
+ ::SetCursor(hcursor);
+
+ // cursor set, stop here
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+#endif // __WXMICROWIN__
+
+ // pass up the window chain
+ return FALSE;
}
-#endif
-int wxWindow::GetScrollPos(int orient) const
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// owner drawn stuff
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnDrawItem(int id, WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct)
{
- int wOrient ;
- if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
- wOrient = SB_HORZ;
- else
- wOrient = SB_VERT;
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
- if (hWnd)
+#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+
+#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+ // is it a menu item?
+ DRAWITEMSTRUCT *pDrawStruct = (DRAWITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct;
+ if ( id == 0 && pDrawStruct->CtlType == ODT_MENU )
+ {
+ wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pDrawStruct->itemData);
+
+ wxCHECK( pMenuItem->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxMenuItem)), FALSE );
+
+ // prepare to call OnDrawItem(): notice using of wxDCTemp to prevent
+ // the DC from being released
+ wxDCTemp dc((WXHDC)pDrawStruct->hDC);
+ wxRect rect(pDrawStruct->rcItem.left, pDrawStruct->rcItem.top,
+ pDrawStruct->rcItem.right - pDrawStruct->rcItem.left,
+ pDrawStruct->rcItem.bottom - pDrawStruct->rcItem.top);
+
+ return pMenuItem->OnDrawItem
+ (
+ dc,
+ rect,
+ (wxOwnerDrawn::wxODAction)pDrawStruct->itemAction,
+ (wxOwnerDrawn::wxODStatus)pDrawStruct->itemState
+ );
+ }
+#endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+
+#if wxUSE_CONTROLS
+ wxWindow *item = FindItem(id);
+ if ( item && item->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)) )
{
- return ::GetScrollPos(hWnd, wOrient);
+ return ((wxControl *)item)->MSWOnDraw(itemStruct);
}
- else
- return 0;
+#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
+
+#endif // USE_OWNER_DRAWN
+
+ return FALSE;
}
-// This now returns the whole range, not just the number
-// of positions that we can scroll.
-int wxWindow::GetScrollRange(int orient) const
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnMeasureItem(int id, WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct)
{
- int wOrient ;
- if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
- wOrient = SB_HORZ;
- else
- wOrient = SB_VERT;
-
-#if __WATCOMC__ && defined(__WINDOWS_386__)
- short minPos, maxPos;
-#else
- int minPos, maxPos;
-#endif
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
- if (hWnd)
+#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+ // is it a menu item?
+ MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *pMeasureStruct = (MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct;
+ if ( id == 0 && pMeasureStruct->CtlType == ODT_MENU )
{
- ::GetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, &minPos, &maxPos);
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
- // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
- // - a Windows API quirk
- int pageSize = GetScrollThumb(orient);
- if ( pageSize > 1 )
- {
- maxPos -= (pageSize - 1);
- }
- // October 10th: new range concept.
- maxPos += pageSize;
-#endif
+ wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pMeasureStruct->itemData);
- return maxPos;
+ wxCHECK( pMenuItem->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxMenuItem)), FALSE );
+
+ return pMenuItem->OnMeasureItem(&pMeasureStruct->itemWidth,
+ &pMeasureStruct->itemHeight);
+ }
+
+ wxWindow *item = FindItem(id);
+ if ( item && item->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)) )
+ {
+ return ((wxControl *)item)->MSWOnMeasure(itemStruct);
}
- else
- return 0;
+#endif // owner-drawn menus
+ return FALSE;
}
-int wxWindow::GetScrollThumb(int orient) const
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// colours and palettes
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSysColorChange()
{
- if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
- return m_xThumbSize;
- else
- return m_yThumbSize;
+ wxSysColourChangedEvent event;
+ event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+ (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+
+ // always let the system carry on the default processing to allow the
+ // native controls to react to the colours update
+ return FALSE;
}
-void wxWindow::SetScrollPos(int orient, int pos, bool refresh)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDisplayChange()
{
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
- SCROLLINFO info;
- int dir;
+ wxDisplayChangedEvent event;
+ event.SetEventObject(this);
- if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL) {
- dir = SB_HORZ;
- } else {
- dir = SB_VERT;
- }
+ return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+}
- info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
- info.nPage = 0;
- info.nMin = 0;
- info.nPos = pos;
- info.fMask = SIF_POS ;
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCtlColor(WXHBRUSH *brush,
+ WXHDC pDC,
+ WXHWND pWnd,
+ WXUINT nCtlColor,
+ WXUINT message,
+ WXWPARAM wParam,
+ WXLPARAM lParam)
+{
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+ WXHBRUSH hBrush = 0;
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
- if (hWnd)
- ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
-#else
- int wOrient ;
- if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
- wOrient = SB_HORZ;
+ if ( nCtlColor == CTLCOLOR_DLG )
+ {
+ hBrush = OnCtlColor(pDC, pWnd, nCtlColor, message, wParam, lParam);
+ }
+#if wxUSE_CONTROLS
else
- wOrient = SB_VERT;
+ {
+ wxControl *item = (wxControl *)FindItemByHWND(pWnd, TRUE);
+ if ( item )
+ hBrush = item->OnCtlColor(pDC, pWnd, nCtlColor, message, wParam, lParam);
+ }
+#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
- if (hWnd)
- ::SetScrollPos(hWnd, wOrient, pos, refresh);
+ if ( hBrush )
+ *brush = hBrush;
+
+ return hBrush != 0;
+#else // __WXMICROWIN__
+ return FALSE;
#endif
}
-// New function that will replace some of the above.
-void wxWindow::SetScrollbar(int orient, int pos, int thumbVisible,
- int range, bool refresh)
+// Define for each class of dialog and control
+WXHBRUSH wxWindowMSW::OnCtlColor(WXHDC WXUNUSED(hDC),
+ WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd),
+ WXUINT WXUNUSED(nCtlColor),
+ WXUINT WXUNUSED(message),
+ WXWPARAM WXUNUSED(wParam),
+ WXLPARAM WXUNUSED(lParam))
{
-/*
-SetScrollPage(orient, thumbVisible, FALSE);
-
- int oldRange = range - thumbVisible ;
- SetScrollRange(orient, oldRange, FALSE);
-
- SetScrollPos(orient, pos, refresh);
- */
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
- int oldRange = range - thumbVisible ;
-
- int range1 = oldRange;
+ return (WXHBRUSH)0;
+}
- // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
- // - a Windows API quirk
- int pageSize = thumbVisible;
- if ( pageSize > 1 && range > 0)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaletteChanged(WXHWND hWndPalChange)
+{
+#if wxUSE_PALETTE
+ // same as below except we don't respond to our own messages
+ if ( hWndPalChange != GetHWND() )
{
- range1 += (pageSize - 1);
- }
+ // check to see if we our our parents have a custom palette
+ wxWindowMSW *win = this;
+ while ( win && !win->HasCustomPalette() )
+ {
+ win = win->GetParent();
+ }
- SCROLLINFO info;
- int dir;
+ if ( win && win->HasCustomPalette() )
+ {
+ // realize the palette to see whether redrawing is needed
+ HDC hdc = ::GetDC((HWND) hWndPalChange);
+ win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE((WXHPALETTE)
+ ::SelectPalette(hdc, GetHpaletteOf(win->m_palette), FALSE));
+
+ int result = ::RealizePalette(hdc);
+
+ // restore the palette (before releasing the DC)
+ win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE((WXHPALETTE)
+ ::SelectPalette(hdc, GetHpaletteOf(win->m_palette), FALSE));
+ ::RealizePalette(hdc);
+ ::ReleaseDC((HWND) hWndPalChange, hdc);
+
+ // now check for the need to redraw
+ if (result > 0)
+ InvalidateRect((HWND) hWndPalChange, NULL, TRUE);
+ }
- if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL) {
- dir = SB_HORZ;
- } else {
- dir = SB_VERT;
}
+#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
- info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
- info.nPage = pageSize; // Have to set this, or scrollbar goes awry
- info.nMin = 0;
- info.nMax = range1;
- info.nPos = pos;
- info.fMask = SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS;
-
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
- if (hWnd)
- ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
-#else
- int wOrient ;
- if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL)
- wOrient = SB_HORZ;
- else
- wOrient = SB_VERT;
+ wxPaletteChangedEvent event(GetId());
+ event.SetEventObject(this);
+ event.SetChangedWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndPalChange));
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
- if (hWnd)
- {
- ::SetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, 0, range, FALSE);
- ::SetScrollPos(hWnd, wOrient, pos, refresh);
- }
-#endif
- if (orient == wxHORIZONTAL) {
- m_xThumbSize = thumbVisible;
- } else {
- m_yThumbSize = thumbVisible;
- }
+ return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
}
-void wxWindow::ScrollWindow(int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCaptureChanged(WXHWND hWndGainedCapture)
{
- RECT rect2;
- if ( rect )
- {
- rect2.left = rect->x;
- rect2.top = rect->y;
- rect2.right = rect->x + rect->width;
- rect2.bottom = rect->y + rect->height;
- }
+ wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent event(GetId(), wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndGainedCapture));
+ event.SetEventObject(this);
- if ( rect )
- ::ScrollWindow((HWND) GetHWND(), dx, dy, &rect2, NULL);
- else
- ::ScrollWindow((HWND) GetHWND(), dx, dy, NULL, NULL);
+ return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
}
-void wxWindow::SetFont(const wxFont& font)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryNewPalette()
{
- m_windowFont = font;
- if (!m_windowFont.Ok())
- return;
+#if wxUSE_PALETTE
+ // check to see if we our our parents have a custom palette
+ wxWindowMSW *win = this;
+ while (!win->HasCustomPalette() && win->GetParent()) win = win->GetParent();
+ if (win->HasCustomPalette()) {
+ /* realize the palette to see whether redrawing is needed */
+ HDC hdc = GetDC((HWND) GetHWND());
+ win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE( (WXHPALETTE)
+ ::SelectPalette(hdc, (HPALETTE) win->m_palette.GetHPALETTE(), FALSE) );
- HWND hWnd = (HWND) GetHWND();
- if (hWnd != 0)
- {
- if (m_windowFont.GetResourceHandle())
- SendMessage(hWnd, WM_SETFONT,
- (WPARAM)m_windowFont.GetResourceHandle(),TRUE);
- }
+ int result = ::RealizePalette(hdc);
+ /* restore the palette (before releasing the DC) */
+ win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE( (WXHPALETTE)
+ ::SelectPalette(hdc, (HPALETTE) win->m_palette.GetHPALETTE(), TRUE) );
+ ::RealizePalette(hdc);
+ ::ReleaseDC((HWND) GetHWND(), hdc);
+ /* now check for the need to redraw */
+ if (result > 0)
+ ::InvalidateRect((HWND) GetHWND(), NULL, TRUE);
+ }
+#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
+
+ wxQueryNewPaletteEvent event(GetId());
+ event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+ return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) && event.GetPaletteRealized();
}
-void wxWindow::SubclassWin(WXHWND hWnd)
+// Responds to colour changes: passes event on to children.
+void wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
{
- wxASSERT_MSG( !m_oldWndProc, "subclassing window twice?" );
+ // the top level window also reset the standard colour map as it might have
+ // changed (there is no need to do it for the non top level windows as we
+ // only have to do it once)
+ if ( IsTopLevel() )
+ {
+ // FIXME-MT
+ gs_hasStdCmap = FALSE;
+ }
+ wxWindowList::Node *node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+ while ( node )
+ {
+ // Only propagate to non-top-level windows because Windows already
+ // sends this event to all top-level ones
+ wxWindow *win = node->GetData();
+ if ( !win->IsTopLevel() )
+ {
+ // we need to send the real WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE and not just trigger
+ // EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED call because the latter wouldn't work for
+ // the standard controls
+ ::SendMessage(GetHwndOf(win), WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE, 0, 0);
+ }
+
+ node = node->GetNext();
+ }
- wxAssociateWinWithHandle((HWND)hWnd, this);
+ // update the colours we use if they were not set explicitly by the user:
+ // this must be done or OnCtlColor() would continue to use the old colours
+ if ( !m_hasFgCol )
+ {
+ m_foregroundColour = wxSystemSettings::
+ GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT);
+ }
- m_oldWndProc = (WXFARPROC) GetWindowLong((HWND) hWnd, GWL_WNDPROC);
- SetWindowLong((HWND) hWnd, GWL_WNDPROC, (LONG) wxWndProc);
+ if ( !m_hasBgCol )
+ {
+ m_backgroundColour = wxSystemSettings::
+ GetSystemColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE);
+ }
}
-void wxWindow::UnsubclassWin()
+extern wxCOLORMAP *wxGetStdColourMap()
{
- wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this);
+ static COLORREF s_stdColours[wxSTD_COL_MAX];
+ static wxCOLORMAP s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_MAX];
- // Restore old Window proc
- if ((HWND) GetHWND())
+ if ( !gs_hasStdCmap )
{
- FARPROC farProc = (FARPROC) GetWindowLong((HWND) GetHWND(), GWL_WNDPROC);
- if ((m_oldWndProc != 0) && (farProc != (FARPROC) m_oldWndProc))
+ static bool s_coloursInit = FALSE;
+
+ if ( !s_coloursInit )
{
- SetWindowLong((HWND) GetHWND(), GWL_WNDPROC, (LONG) m_oldWndProc);
- m_oldWndProc = 0;
+ // When a bitmap is loaded, the RGB values can change (apparently
+ // because Windows adjusts them to care for the old programs always
+ // using 0xc0c0c0 while the transparent colour for the new Windows
+ // versions is different). But we do this adjustment ourselves so
+ // we want to avoid Windows' "help" and for this we need to have a
+ // reference bitmap which can tell us what the RGB values change
+ // to.
+ wxBitmap stdColourBitmap(_T("wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS"));
+ if ( stdColourBitmap.Ok() )
+ {
+ // the pixels in the bitmap must correspond to wxSTD_COL_XXX!
+ wxASSERT_MSG( stdColourBitmap.GetWidth() == wxSTD_COL_MAX,
+ _T("forgot to update wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS!") );
+
+ wxMemoryDC memDC;
+ memDC.SelectObject(stdColourBitmap);
+
+ wxColour colour;
+ for ( size_t i = 0; i < WXSIZEOF(s_stdColours); i++ )
+ {
+ memDC.GetPixel(i, 0, &colour);
+ s_stdColours[i] = wxColourToRGB(colour);
+ }
+ }
+ else // wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS couldn't be loaded
+ {
+ s_stdColours[0] = RGB(000,000,000); // black
+ s_stdColours[1] = RGB(128,128,128); // dark grey
+ s_stdColours[2] = RGB(192,192,192); // light grey
+ s_stdColours[3] = RGB(255,255,255); // white
+ //s_stdColours[4] = RGB(000,000,255); // blue
+ //s_stdColours[5] = RGB(255,000,255); // magenta
+ }
+
+ s_coloursInit = TRUE;
}
+
+ gs_hasStdCmap = TRUE;
+
+ // create the colour map
+#define INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(col) \
+ s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_##col].from = s_stdColours[wxSTD_COL_##col]; \
+ s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_##col].to = ::GetSysColor(COLOR_##col)
+
+ INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNTEXT);
+ INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNSHADOW);
+ INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNFACE);
+ INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNHIGHLIGHT);
+
+#undef INIT_CMAP_ENTRY
}
+
+ return s_cmap;
}
-// Make a Windows extended style from the given wxWindows window style
-WXDWORD wxWindow::MakeExtendedStyle(long style, bool eliminateBorders)
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// painting
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaint()
{
- WXDWORD exStyle = 0;
- if ( style & wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW )
- exStyle |= WS_EX_TRANSPARENT ;
+#ifdef __WIN32__
+ HRGN hRegion = ::CreateRectRgn(0, 0, 0, 0); // Dummy call to get a handle
+ if ( !hRegion )
+ wxLogLastError(wxT("CreateRectRgn"));
+ if ( ::GetUpdateRgn(GetHwnd(), hRegion, FALSE) == ERROR )
+ wxLogLastError(wxT("GetUpdateRgn"));
- if ( !eliminateBorders )
- {
- if ( style & wxSUNKEN_BORDER )
- exStyle |= WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE ;
- if ( style & wxDOUBLE_BORDER )
- exStyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME ;
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
- if ( style & wxRAISED_BORDER )
- exStyle |= WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE ;
- if ( style & wxSTATIC_BORDER )
- exStyle |= WS_EX_STATICEDGE ;
-#endif
- }
- return exStyle;
+ m_updateRegion = wxRegion((WXHRGN) hRegion);
+#else // Win16
+ RECT updateRect;
+ ::GetUpdateRect(GetHwnd(), &updateRect, FALSE);
+
+ m_updateRegion = wxRegion(updateRect.left, updateRect.top,
+ updateRect.right - updateRect.left,
+ updateRect.bottom - updateRect.top);
+#endif // Win32/16
+
+ wxPaintEvent event(m_windowId);
+ event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+ bool processed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+
+ // note that we must generate NC event after the normal one as otherwise
+ // BeginPaint() will happily overwrite our decorations with the background
+ // colour
+ wxNcPaintEvent eventNc(m_windowId);
+ eventNc.SetEventObject(this);
+ GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(eventNc);
+
+ return processed;
}
-// Determines whether native 3D effects or CTL3D should be used,
-// applying a default border style if required, and returning an extended
-// style to pass to CreateWindowEx.
-WXDWORD wxWindow::Determine3DEffects(WXDWORD defaultBorderStyle, bool *want3D)
+// Can be called from an application's OnPaint handler
+void wxWindowMSW::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event)
{
- // If matches certain criteria, then assume no 3D effects
- // unless specifically requested (dealt with in MakeExtendedStyle)
- if ( !GetParent() || !IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)) || (m_windowStyle & wxNO_BORDER) )
+#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
+ event.Skip();
+#else
+ HDC hDC = (HDC) wxPaintDC::FindDCInCache((wxWindow*) event.GetEventObject());
+ if (hDC != 0)
{
- *want3D = FALSE;
- return MakeExtendedStyle(m_windowStyle, FALSE);
+ MSWDefWindowProc(WM_PAINT, (WPARAM) hDC, 0);
}
+#endif
+}
- // Determine whether we should be using 3D effects or not.
- bool nativeBorder = FALSE; // by default, we don't want a Win95 effect
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEraseBkgnd(WXHDC hdc)
+{
+ // Prevents flicker when dragging
+ if ( ::IsIconic(GetHwnd()) )
+ return TRUE;
- // 1) App can specify global 3D effects
- *want3D = wxTheApp->GetAuto3D();
+ wxDCTemp dc(hdc);
- // 2) If the parent is being drawn with user colours, or simple border specified,
- // switch effects off. TODO: replace wxUSER_COLOURS with wxNO_3D
- if (GetParent() && (GetParent()->GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxUSER_COLOURS) || (m_windowStyle & wxSIMPLE_BORDER))
- *want3D = FALSE;
+ dc.SetHDC(hdc);
+ dc.SetWindow((wxWindow *)this);
+ dc.BeginDrawing();
- // 3) Control can override this global setting by defining
- // a border style, e.g. wxSUNKEN_BORDER
- if (m_windowStyle & wxSUNKEN_BORDER )
- *want3D = TRUE;
+ wxEraseEvent event(m_windowId, &dc);
+ event.SetEventObject(this);
+ bool rc = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
- // 4) If it's a special border, CTL3D can't cope so we want a native border
- if ( (m_windowStyle & wxDOUBLE_BORDER) || (m_windowStyle & wxRAISED_BORDER) ||
- (m_windowStyle & wxSTATIC_BORDER) )
- {
- *want3D = TRUE;
- nativeBorder = TRUE;
- }
+ dc.EndDrawing();
- // 5) If this isn't a Win95 app, and we are using CTL3D, remove border
- // effects from extended style
-#if wxUSE_CTL3D
- if ( *want3D )
- nativeBorder = FALSE;
-#endif
+ // must be called manually as ~wxDC doesn't do anything for wxDCTemp
+ dc.SelectOldObjects(hdc);
- DWORD exStyle = MakeExtendedStyle(m_windowStyle, !nativeBorder);
+ return rc;
+}
- // If we want 3D, but haven't specified a border here,
- // apply the default border style specified.
- // TODO what about non-Win95 WIN32? Does it have borders?
-#if defined(__WIN95__) && !wxUSE_CTL3D
- if (defaultBorderStyle && (*want3D) && ! ((m_windowStyle & wxDOUBLE_BORDER) || (m_windowStyle & wxRAISED_BORDER) ||
- (m_windowStyle & wxSTATIC_BORDER) || (m_windowStyle & wxSIMPLE_BORDER) ))
- exStyle |= defaultBorderStyle; // WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE ;
-#endif
+void wxWindowMSW::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event)
+{
+ RECT rect;
+ ::GetClientRect(GetHwnd(), &rect);
+
+ COLORREF ref = PALETTERGB(m_backgroundColour.Red(),
+ m_backgroundColour.Green(),
+ m_backgroundColour.Blue());
+ HBRUSH hBrush = ::CreateSolidBrush(ref);
+ if ( !hBrush )
+ wxLogLastError(wxT("CreateSolidBrush"));
+
+ HDC hdc = (HDC)event.GetDC()->GetHDC();
- return exStyle;
+ int mode = ::SetMapMode(hdc, MM_TEXT);
+
+ ::FillRect(hdc, &rect, hBrush);
+ ::DeleteObject(hBrush);
+ ::SetMapMode(hdc, mode);
}
-void wxWindow::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// moving and resizing
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMinimize()
{
- bool isVirtual;
- int id = wxCharCodeWXToMSW((int)event.KeyCode(), &isVirtual);
+ wxIconizeEvent event(m_windowId);
+ event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+ return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+}
- if ( id == -1 )
- id= m_lastWParam;
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMaximize()
+{
+ wxMaximizeEvent event(m_windowId);
+ event.SetEventObject(this);
- if ( !event.ControlDown() )
- (void) MSWDefWindowProc(m_lastMsg, (WPARAM) id, m_lastLParam);
+ return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
}
-bool wxWindow::IsEnabled(void) const
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMove(int x, int y)
{
- return (::IsWindowEnabled((HWND) GetHWND()) != 0);
+ wxMoveEvent event(wxPoint(x, y), m_windowId);
+ event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+ return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
}
-// Dialog support: override these and call
-// base class members to add functionality
-// that can't be done using validators.
-// NOTE: these functions assume that controls
-// are direct children of this window, not grandchildren
-// or other levels of descendant.
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSize(int WXUNUSED(w), int WXUNUSED(h),
+ WXUINT WXUNUSED(flag))
+{
+ // don't use w and h parameters as they specify the client size while
+ // according to the docs EVT_SIZE handler is supposed to receive the total
+ // size
+ wxSizeEvent event(GetSize(), m_windowId);
+ event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+ return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+}
-// Transfer values to controls. If returns FALSE,
-// it's an application error (pops up a dialog)
-bool wxWindow::TransferDataToWindow()
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleGetMinMaxInfo(void *mmInfo)
{
- wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
- while ( node )
+ MINMAXINFO *info = (MINMAXINFO *)mmInfo;
+
+ bool rc = FALSE;
+
+ int minWidth = GetMinWidth(),
+ minHeight = GetMinHeight(),
+ maxWidth = GetMaxWidth(),
+ maxHeight = GetMaxHeight();
+
+ if ( minWidth != -1 )
{
- wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
- if ( child->GetValidator() && /* child->GetValidator()->Ok() && */
- !child->GetValidator()->TransferToWindow() )
- {
- wxLogError(_("Could not transfer data to window"));
- return FALSE;
- }
+ info->ptMinTrackSize.x = minWidth;
+ rc = TRUE;
+ }
- node = node->Next();
+ if ( minHeight != -1 )
+ {
+ info->ptMinTrackSize.y = minHeight;
+ rc = TRUE;
}
- return TRUE;
-}
-// Transfer values from controls. If returns FALSE,
-// validation failed: don't quit
-bool wxWindow::TransferDataFromWindow()
-{
- wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
- while ( node )
+ if ( maxWidth != -1 )
{
- wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
- if ( child->GetValidator() && /* child->GetValidator()->Ok() && */ !child->GetValidator()->TransferFromWindow() )
- {
- return FALSE;
- }
+ info->ptMaxTrackSize.x = maxWidth;
+ rc = TRUE;
+ }
- node = node->Next();
+ if ( maxHeight != -1 )
+ {
+ info->ptMaxTrackSize.y = maxHeight;
+ rc = TRUE;
}
- return TRUE;
+
+ return rc;
}
-bool wxWindow::Validate()
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// command messages
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCommand(WXWORD id, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control)
{
- wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
- while ( node )
+#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+ if ( !cmd && wxCurrentPopupMenu )
{
- wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
- if ( child->GetValidator() && /* child->GetValidator()->Ok() && */ !child->GetValidator()->Validate(this) )
- {
- return FALSE;
- }
+ wxMenu *popupMenu = wxCurrentPopupMenu;
+ wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL;
- node = node->Next();
+ return popupMenu->MSWCommand(cmd, id);
}
- return TRUE;
-}
+#endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
-// Get the window with the focus
-wxWindow *wxWindow::FindFocus()
-{
- HWND hWnd = ::GetFocus();
- if ( hWnd )
+ wxWindow *win = NULL;
+
+ // first try to find it from HWND - this works even with the broken
+ // programs using the same ids for different controls
+ if ( control )
{
- return wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
+ win = wxFindWinFromHandle(control);
}
- return NULL;
-}
-void wxWindow::AddChild(wxWindow *child)
-{
- GetChildren().Append(child);
- child->m_windowParent = this;
+ // try the id
+ if ( !win )
+ {
+ // must cast to a signed type before comparing with other ids!
+ win = FindItem((signed short)id);
+ }
+
+ if ( win )
+ {
+ return win->MSWCommand(cmd, id);
+ }
+
+ // the messages sent from the in-place edit control used by the treectrl
+ // for label editing have id == 0, but they should _not_ be treated as menu
+ // messages (they are EN_XXX ones, in fact) so don't translate anything
+ // coming from a control to wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
+ if ( !control )
+ {
+ // If no child window, it may be an accelerator, e.g. for a popup menu
+ // command
+
+ wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED);
+ event.SetEventObject(this);
+ event.SetId(id);
+ event.SetInt(id);
+
+ return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+ }
+#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+ else
+ {
+ // the text ctrl which is logically part of wxSpinCtrl sends WM_COMMAND
+ // notifications to its parent which we want to reflect back to
+ // wxSpinCtrl
+ wxSpinCtrl *spin = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl(control);
+ if ( spin && spin->ProcessTextCommand(cmd, id) )
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+#endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
+
+ return FALSE;
}
-void wxWindow::RemoveChild(wxWindow *child)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSysCommand(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM WXUNUSED(lParam))
{
-// if (GetChildren())
- GetChildren().DeleteObject(child);
- child->m_windowParent = NULL;
+ // 4 bits are reserved
+ switch ( wParam & 0xFFFFFFF0 )
+ {
+ case SC_MAXIMIZE:
+ return HandleMaximize();
+
+ case SC_MINIMIZE:
+ return HandleMinimize();
+ }
+
+ return FALSE;
}
-void wxWindow::DestroyChildren()
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// mouse events
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void wxWindowMSW::InitMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event,
+ int x, int y,
+ WXUINT flags)
{
- wxNode *node;
- while ((node = GetChildren().First()) != (wxNode *)NULL) {
- wxWindow *child;
- if ((child = (wxWindow *)node->Data()) != (wxWindow *)NULL) {
- delete child;
- if ( GetChildren().Member(child) )
- delete node;
- }
- } /* while */
-}
+ // our client coords are not quite the same as Windows ones
+ wxPoint pt = GetClientAreaOrigin();
+ event.m_x = x - pt.x;
+ event.m_y = y - pt.y;
+
+ event.m_shiftDown = (flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0;
+ event.m_controlDown = (flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0;
+ event.m_leftDown = (flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0;
+ event.m_middleDown = (flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0;
+ event.m_rightDown = (flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0;
+ event.m_altDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_MENU) & 0x80000000) != 0;
+
+ event.SetTimestamp(s_currentMsg.time);
+ event.m_eventObject = this;
+ event.SetId(GetId());
+
+#if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
+ m_lastMouseX = x;
+ m_lastMouseY = y;
+ m_lastMouseEvent = event.GetEventType();
+#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
+}
+
+// Windows doesn't send the mouse events to the static controls (which are
+// transparent in the sense that their WM_NCHITTEST handler returns
+// HTTRANSPARENT) at all but we want all controls to receive the mouse events
+// and so we manually check if we don't have a child window under mouse and if
+// we do, send the event to it instead of the window Windows had sent WM_XXX
+// to.
+//
+// Notice that this is not done for the mouse move events because this could
+// (would?) be too slow, but only for clicks which means that the static texts
+// still don't get move, enter nor leave events.
+static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y) //TW:REQ:Univ
+{
+ wxCHECK_MSG( x && y, win, _T("NULL pointer in FindWindowForMouseEvent") );
+
+ // first try to find a non transparent child: this allows us to send events
+ // to a static text which is inside a static box, for example
+ POINT pt = { *x, *y };
+ HWND hwnd = GetHwndOf(win),
+ hwndUnderMouse;
+
+#ifdef __WIN32__
+ hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPointEx
+ (
+ hwnd,
+ pt,
+ CWP_SKIPINVISIBLE |
+ CWP_SKIPDISABLED |
+ CWP_SKIPTRANSPARENT
+ );
+
+ if ( !hwndUnderMouse || hwndUnderMouse == hwnd )
+#endif // __WIN32__
+ {
+ // now try any child window at all
+ hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPoint(hwnd, pt);
+ }
-void wxWindow::MakeModal(bool modal)
-{
- // Disable all other windows
- if (this->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDialog)) || this->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)))
+ // check that we have a child window which is susceptible to receive mouse
+ // events: for this it must be shown and enabled
+ if ( hwndUnderMouse &&
+ hwndUnderMouse != hwnd &&
+ ::IsWindowVisible(hwndUnderMouse) &&
+ ::IsWindowEnabled(hwndUnderMouse) )
{
- wxNode *node = wxTopLevelWindows.First();
- while (node)
+ wxWindow *winUnderMouse = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwndUnderMouse);
+ if ( winUnderMouse )
{
- wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
- if (win != this)
- win->Enable(!modal);
+ // translate the mouse coords to the other window coords
+ win->ClientToScreen(x, y);
+ winUnderMouse->ScreenToClient(x, y);
- node = node->Next();
+ win = winUnderMouse;
}
}
+
+ return win;
}
-// If nothing defined for this, try the parent.
-// E.g. we may be a button loaded from a resource, with no callback function
-// defined.
-void wxWindow::OnCommand(wxWindow& win, wxCommandEvent& event)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
{
- if (GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
- return;
- if (m_windowParent)
- m_windowParent->GetEventHandler()->OnCommand(win, event);
+ // the mouse events take consecutive IDs from WM_MOUSEFIRST to
+ // WM_MOUSELAST, so it's enough to substract WM_MOUSEMOVE == WM_MOUSEFIRST
+ // from the message id and take the value in the table to get wxWin event
+ // id
+ static const wxEventType eventsMouse[] =
+ {
+ wxEVT_MOTION,
+ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
+ wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
+ wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
+ wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
+ wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
+ wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
+ wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
+ wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
+ wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
+ };
+
+ wxMouseEvent event(eventsMouse[msg - WM_MOUSEMOVE]);
+ InitMouseEvent(event, x, y, flags);
+
+ return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
}
-void wxWindow::SetConstraints(wxLayoutConstraints *c)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseMove(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
{
- if (m_constraints)
+ if ( !m_mouseInWindow )
{
- UnsetConstraints(m_constraints);
- delete m_constraints;
+ // it would be wrong to assume that just because we get a mouse move
+ // event that the mouse is inside the window: although this is usually
+ // true, it is not if we had captured the mouse, so we need to check
+ // the mouse coordinates here
+ if ( !HasCapture() || IsMouseInWindow() )
+ {
+ // Generate an ENTER event
+ m_mouseInWindow = TRUE;
+
+ wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW);
+ InitMouseEvent(event, x, y, flags);
+
+ (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+ }
}
- m_constraints = c;
- if (m_constraints)
+
+#if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
+ // Window gets a click down message followed by a mouse move message even
+ // if position isn't changed! We want to discard the trailing move event
+ // if x and y are the same.
+ if ( (m_lastMouseEvent == wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN ||
+ m_lastMouseEvent == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN ||
+ m_lastMouseEvent == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN) &&
+ (m_lastMouseX == x && m_lastMouseY == y) )
{
- // Make sure other windows know they're part of a 'meaningful relationship'
- if (m_constraints->left.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->left.GetOtherWindow() != this))
- m_constraints->left.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
- if (m_constraints->top.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->top.GetOtherWindow() != this))
- m_constraints->top.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
- if (m_constraints->right.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->right.GetOtherWindow() != this))
- m_constraints->right.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
- if (m_constraints->bottom.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->bottom.GetOtherWindow() != this))
- m_constraints->bottom.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
- if (m_constraints->width.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->width.GetOtherWindow() != this))
- m_constraints->width.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
- if (m_constraints->height.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->height.GetOtherWindow() != this))
- m_constraints->height.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
- if (m_constraints->centreX.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->centreX.GetOtherWindow() != this))
- m_constraints->centreX.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
- if (m_constraints->centreY.GetOtherWindow() && (m_constraints->centreY.GetOtherWindow() != this))
- m_constraints->centreY.GetOtherWindow()->AddConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
+ m_lastMouseEvent = wxEVT_MOTION;
+
+ return FALSE;
}
+#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
+
+ return HandleMouseEvent(WM_MOUSEMOVE, x, y, flags);
}
-// This removes any dangling pointers to this window
-// in other windows' constraintsInvolvedIn lists.
-void wxWindow::UnsetConstraints(wxLayoutConstraints *c)
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseWheel(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
{
- if (c)
+#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
+ wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL);
+ InitMouseEvent(event,
+ GET_X_LPARAM(lParam),
+ GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam),
+ LOWORD(wParam));
+ event.m_wheelRotation = (short)HIWORD(wParam);
+ event.m_wheelDelta = WHEEL_DELTA;
+
+#ifdef __WIN32__
+ static int s_linesPerRotation = -1;
+ if ( s_linesPerRotation == -1 )
{
- if (c->left.GetOtherWindow() && (c->top.GetOtherWindow() != this))
- c->left.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
- if (c->top.GetOtherWindow() && (c->top.GetOtherWindow() != this))
- c->top.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
- if (c->right.GetOtherWindow() && (c->right.GetOtherWindow() != this))
- c->right.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
- if (c->bottom.GetOtherWindow() && (c->bottom.GetOtherWindow() != this))
- c->bottom.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
- if (c->width.GetOtherWindow() && (c->width.GetOtherWindow() != this))
- c->width.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
- if (c->height.GetOtherWindow() && (c->height.GetOtherWindow() != this))
- c->height.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
- if (c->centreX.GetOtherWindow() && (c->centreX.GetOtherWindow() != this))
- c->centreX.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
- if (c->centreY.GetOtherWindow() && (c->centreY.GetOtherWindow() != this))
- c->centreY.GetOtherWindow()->RemoveConstraintReference((wxWindow *)this);
+ if ( !::SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES, 0,
+ &s_linesPerRotation, 0))
+ {
+ // this is not supposed to happen
+ wxLogLastError(_T("SystemParametersInfo(GETWHEELSCROLLLINES)"));
+
+ // the default is 3, so use it if SystemParametersInfo() failed
+ s_linesPerRotation = 3;
+ }
}
-}
+#else // Win16
+ // no SystemParametersInfo() under Win16
+ static const int s_linesPerRotation = 3;
+#endif
-// Back-pointer to other windows we're involved with, so if we delete
-// this window, we must delete any constraints we're involved with.
-void wxWindow::AddConstraintReference(wxWindow *otherWin)
-{
- if (!m_constraintsInvolvedIn)
- m_constraintsInvolvedIn = new wxList;
- if (!m_constraintsInvolvedIn->Member(otherWin))
- m_constraintsInvolvedIn->Append(otherWin);
+ event.m_linesPerAction = s_linesPerRotation;
+ return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+
+#else
+ (void) wParam;
+ (void) lParam;
+
+ return FALSE;
+#endif
}
-// REMOVE back-pointer to other windows we're involved with.
-void wxWindow::RemoveConstraintReference(wxWindow *otherWin)
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// keyboard handling
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// create the key event of the given type for the given key - used by
+// HandleChar and HandleKeyDown/Up
+wxKeyEvent wxWindowMSW::CreateKeyEvent(wxEventType evType,
+ int id,
+ WXLPARAM lParam,
+ WXWPARAM wParam) const
{
- if (m_constraintsInvolvedIn)
- m_constraintsInvolvedIn->DeleteObject(otherWin);
+ wxKeyEvent event(evType);
+ event.SetId(GetId());
+ event.m_shiftDown = wxIsShiftDown();
+ event.m_controlDown = wxIsCtrlDown();
+ event.m_altDown = (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN;
+
+ event.m_eventObject = (wxWindow *)this; // const_cast
+ event.m_keyCode = id;
+ event.m_rawCode = (wxUint32) wParam;
+ event.m_rawFlags = (wxUint32) lParam;
+ event.SetTimestamp(s_currentMsg.time);
+
+ // translate the position to client coords
+ POINT pt;
+ GetCursorPos(&pt);
+ RECT rect;
+ GetWindowRect(GetHwnd(),&rect);
+ pt.x -= rect.left;
+ pt.y -= rect.top;
+
+ event.m_x = pt.x;
+ event.m_y = pt.y;
+
+ return event;
}
-// Reset any constraints that mention this window
-void wxWindow::DeleteRelatedConstraints()
+// isASCII is TRUE only when we're called from WM_CHAR handler and not from
+// WM_KEYDOWN one
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleChar(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, bool isASCII)
{
- if (m_constraintsInvolvedIn)
+ bool ctrlDown = FALSE;
+
+ int id;
+ if ( isASCII )
{
- wxNode *node = m_constraintsInvolvedIn->First();
- while (node)
+ // If 1 -> 26, translate to either special keycode or just set
+ // ctrlDown. IOW, Ctrl-C should result in keycode == 3 and
+ // ControlDown() == TRUE.
+ id = wParam;
+ if ( (id > 0) && (id < 27) )
{
- wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
- wxNode *next = node->Next();
- wxLayoutConstraints *constr = win->GetConstraints();
-
- // Reset any constraints involving this window
- if (constr)
+ switch (id)
{
- constr->left.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
- constr->top.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
- constr->right.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
- constr->bottom.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
- constr->width.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
- constr->height.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
- constr->centreX.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
- constr->centreY.ResetIfWin((wxWindow *)this);
+ case 13:
+ id = WXK_RETURN;
+ break;
+
+ case 8:
+ id = WXK_BACK;
+ break;
+
+ case 9:
+ id = WXK_TAB;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ ctrlDown = TRUE;
+ break;
}
- delete node;
- node = next;
}
- delete m_constraintsInvolvedIn;
- m_constraintsInvolvedIn = NULL;
}
-}
-
-void wxWindow::SetSizer(wxSizer *sizer)
-{
- m_windowSizer = sizer;
- if (sizer)
- sizer->SetSizerParent((wxWindow *)this);
-}
+ else // we're called from WM_KEYDOWN
+ {
+ id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam);
+ if ( id == 0 )
+ {
+ // it's ASCII and will be processed here only when called from
+ // WM_CHAR (i.e. when isASCII = TRUE), don't process it now
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
-/*
-* New version
-*/
+ wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_CHAR, id, lParam, wParam));
-bool wxWindow::Layout()
-{
- if (GetConstraints())
+ // the alphanumeric keys produced by pressing AltGr+something on European
+ // keyboards have both Ctrl and Alt modifiers which may confuse the user
+ // code as, normally, keys with Ctrl and/or Alt don't result in anything
+ // alphanumeric, so pretend that there are no modifiers at all (the
+ // KEY_DOWN event would still have the correct modifiers if they're really
+ // needed)
+ if ( event.m_controlDown && event.m_altDown &&
+ (id >= 32 && id < 256) )
{
- int w, h;
- GetClientSize(&w, &h);
- GetConstraints()->width.SetValue(w);
- GetConstraints()->height.SetValue(h);
+ event.m_controlDown =
+ event.m_altDown = FALSE;
}
- // If top level (one sizer), evaluate the sizer's constraints.
- if (GetSizer())
+ return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyDown(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+{
+ int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam);
+
+ if ( !id )
{
- int noChanges;
- GetSizer()->ResetConstraints(); // Mark all constraints as unevaluated
- GetSizer()->LayoutPhase1(&noChanges);
- GetSizer()->LayoutPhase2(&noChanges);
- GetSizer()->SetConstraintSizes(); // Recursively set the real window sizes
- return TRUE;
+ // normal ASCII char
+ id = wParam;
}
- else
+
+ if ( id != -1 ) // VZ: does this ever happen (FIXME)?
{
- // Otherwise, evaluate child constraints
- ResetConstraints(); // Mark all constraints as unevaluated
- DoPhase(1); // Just one phase need if no sizers involved
- DoPhase(2);
- SetConstraintSizes(); // Recursively set the real window sizes
+ wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_DOWN, id, lParam, wParam));
+ if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
+ {
+ return TRUE;
+ }
}
- return TRUE;
-}
+ return FALSE;
+}
-// Do a phase of evaluating constraints:
-// the default behaviour. wxSizers may do a similar
-// thing, but also impose their own 'constraints'
-// and order the evaluation differently.
-bool wxWindow::LayoutPhase1(int *noChanges)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyUp(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
{
- wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
- if (constr)
+ int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam);
+
+ if ( !id )
{
- return constr->SatisfyConstraints((wxWindow *)this, noChanges);
+ // normal ASCII char
+ id = wParam;
}
- else
- return TRUE;
-}
-bool wxWindow::LayoutPhase2(int *noChanges)
-{
- *noChanges = 0;
+ if ( id != -1 ) // VZ: does this ever happen (FIXME)?
+ {
+ wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_UP, id, lParam, wParam));
+ if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
+ return TRUE;
+ }
- // Layout children
- DoPhase(1);
- DoPhase(2);
- return TRUE;
+ return FALSE;
}
-// Do a phase of evaluating child constraints
-bool wxWindow::DoPhase(int phase)
+#ifdef __WIN32__
+
+int wxWindowMSW::HandleMenuChar(int chAccel, WXLPARAM lParam)
{
- int noIterations = 0;
- int maxIterations = 500;
- int noChanges = 1;
- int noFailures = 0;
- wxList succeeded;
- while ((noChanges > 0) && (noIterations < maxIterations))
+ const HMENU hmenu = (HMENU)lParam;
+
+ MENUITEMINFO mii;
+ wxZeroMemory(mii);
+ mii.cbSize = sizeof(MENUITEMINFO);
+ mii.fMask = MIIM_TYPE | MIIM_DATA;
+
+ // find if we have this letter in any owner drawn item
+ const int count = ::GetMenuItemCount(hmenu);
+ for ( int i = 0; i < count; i++ )
{
- noChanges = 0;
- noFailures = 0;
- wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
- while (node)
+ if ( ::GetMenuItemInfo(hmenu, i, TRUE, &mii) )
{
- wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
- if (!child->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)) && !child->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDialog)))
+ if ( mii.fType == MFT_OWNERDRAW )
{
- wxLayoutConstraints *constr = child->GetConstraints();
- if (constr)
+ // dwItemData member of the MENUITEMINFO is a
+ // pointer to the associated wxMenuItem -- see the
+ // menu creation code
+ wxMenuItem *item = (wxMenuItem*)mii.dwItemData;
+
+ const wxChar *p = wxStrchr(item->GetText(), _T('&'));
+ while ( p++ )
{
- if (succeeded.Member(child))
+ if ( *p == _T('&') )
{
+ // this is not the accel char, find the real one
+ p = wxStrchr(p + 1, _T('&'));
}
- else
+ else // got the accel char
{
- int tempNoChanges = 0;
- bool success = ( (phase == 1) ? child->LayoutPhase1(&tempNoChanges) : child->LayoutPhase2(&tempNoChanges) ) ;
- noChanges += tempNoChanges;
- if (success)
+ // FIXME-UNICODE: this comparison doesn't risk to work
+ // for non ASCII accelerator characters I'm afraid, but
+ // what can we do?
+ if ( wxToupper(*p) == chAccel )
+ {
+ return i;
+ }
+ else
{
- succeeded.Append(child);
+ // this one doesn't match
+ break;
}
}
}
}
- node = node->Next();
- }
- noIterations ++;
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-void wxWindow::ResetConstraints()
-{
- wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
- if (constr)
- {
- constr->left.SetDone(FALSE);
- constr->top.SetDone(FALSE);
- constr->right.SetDone(FALSE);
- constr->bottom.SetDone(FALSE);
- constr->width.SetDone(FALSE);
- constr->height.SetDone(FALSE);
- constr->centreX.SetDone(FALSE);
- constr->centreY.SetDone(FALSE);
- }
- wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
- while (node)
- {
- wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
- if (!win->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)) && !win->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDialog)))
- win->ResetConstraints();
- node = node->Next();
- }
-}
-
-// Need to distinguish between setting the 'fake' size for
-// windows and sizers, and setting the real values.
-void wxWindow::SetConstraintSizes(bool recurse)
-{
- wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
- if (constr && constr->left.GetDone() && constr->right.GetDone() &&
- constr->width.GetDone() && constr->height.GetDone())
- {
- int x = constr->left.GetValue();
- int y = constr->top.GetValue();
- int w = constr->width.GetValue();
- int h = constr->height.GetValue();
-
- // If we don't want to resize this window, just move it...
- if ((constr->width.GetRelationship() != wxAsIs) ||
- (constr->height.GetRelationship() != wxAsIs))
- {
- // Calls Layout() recursively. AAAGH. How can we stop that.
- // Simply take Layout() out of non-top level OnSizes.
- SizerSetSize(x, y, w, h);
}
- else
+ else // failed ot get the menu text?
{
- SizerMove(x, y);
+ // it's not fatal, so don't show error, but still log
+ // it
+ wxLogLastError(_T("GetMenuItemInfo"));
}
}
- else if (constr)
- {
- char *windowClass = this->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName();
- wxString winName;
- if (GetName() == "")
- winName = "unnamed";
- else
- winName = GetName();
- wxLogDebug("Constraint(s) not satisfied for window of type %s, name %s:",
- (const char *)windowClass, (const char *)winName);
- if (!constr->left.GetDone())
- wxLogDebug(" unsatisfied 'left' constraint.");
- if (!constr->right.GetDone())
- wxLogDebug(" unsatisfied 'right' constraint.");
- if (!constr->width.GetDone())
- wxLogDebug(" unsatisfied 'width' constraint.");
- if (!constr->height.GetDone())
- wxLogDebug(" unsatisfied 'height' constraint.");
- wxLogDebug("Please check constraints: try adding AsIs() constraints.\n");
- }
-
- if (recurse)
- {
- wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
- while (node)
- {
- wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
- if (!win->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)) && !win->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDialog)))
- win->SetConstraintSizes();
- node = node->Next();
- }
- }
+ return wxNOT_FOUND;
}
-// This assumes that all sizers are 'on' the same
-// window, i.e. the parent of this window.
-void wxWindow::TransformSizerToActual(int *x, int *y) const
-{
- if (!m_sizerParent || m_sizerParent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxDialog)) ||
- m_sizerParent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxFrame)) )
- return;
+#endif // __WIN32__
- int xp, yp;
- m_sizerParent->GetPosition(&xp, &yp);
- m_sizerParent->TransformSizerToActual(&xp, &yp);
- *x += xp;
- *y += yp;
-}
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// joystick
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-void wxWindow::SizerSetSize(int x, int y, int w, int h)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleJoystickEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
{
- int xx = x;
- int yy = y;
- TransformSizerToActual(&xx, &yy);
- SetSize(xx, yy, w, h);
-}
+#ifdef JOY_BUTTON1
+ int change = 0;
+ if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON1CHG )
+ change = wxJOY_BUTTON1;
+ if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON2CHG )
+ change = wxJOY_BUTTON2;
+ if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON3CHG )
+ change = wxJOY_BUTTON3;
+ if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON4CHG )
+ change = wxJOY_BUTTON4;
-void wxWindow::SizerMove(int x, int y)
-{
- int xx = x;
- int yy = y;
- TransformSizerToActual(&xx, &yy);
- Move(xx, yy);
-}
+ int buttons = 0;
+ if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON1 )
+ buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON1;
+ if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON2 )
+ buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON2;
+ if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON3 )
+ buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON3;
+ if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON4 )
+ buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON4;
-// Only set the size/position of the constraint (if any)
-void wxWindow::SetSizeConstraint(int x, int y, int w, int h)
-{
- wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
- if (constr)
+ // the event ids aren't consecutive so we can't use table based lookup
+ int joystick;
+ wxEventType eventType;
+ switch ( msg )
{
- if (x != -1)
- {
- constr->left.SetValue(x);
- constr->left.SetDone(TRUE);
- }
- if (y != -1)
- {
- constr->top.SetValue(y);
- constr->top.SetDone(TRUE);
- }
- if (w != -1)
- {
- constr->width.SetValue(w);
- constr->width.SetDone(TRUE);
- }
- if (h != -1)
- {
- constr->height.SetValue(h);
- constr->height.SetDone(TRUE);
- }
- }
-}
+ case MM_JOY1MOVE:
+ joystick = 1;
+ eventType = wxEVT_JOY_MOVE;
+ break;
-void wxWindow::MoveConstraint(int x, int y)
-{
- wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
- if (constr)
- {
- if (x != -1)
- {
- constr->left.SetValue(x);
- constr->left.SetDone(TRUE);
- }
- if (y != -1)
- {
- constr->top.SetValue(y);
- constr->top.SetDone(TRUE);
- }
- }
-}
+ case MM_JOY2MOVE:
+ joystick = 2;
+ eventType = wxEVT_JOY_MOVE;
+ break;
-void wxWindow::GetSizeConstraint(int *w, int *h) const
-{
- wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
- if (constr)
- {
- *w = constr->width.GetValue();
- *h = constr->height.GetValue();
- }
- else
- GetSize(w, h);
-}
+ case MM_JOY1ZMOVE:
+ joystick = 1;
+ eventType = wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE;
+ break;
-void wxWindow::GetClientSizeConstraint(int *w, int *h) const
-{
- wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
- if (constr)
- {
- *w = constr->width.GetValue();
- *h = constr->height.GetValue();
- }
- else
- GetClientSize(w, h);
-}
+ case MM_JOY2ZMOVE:
+ joystick = 2;
+ eventType = wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE;
+ break;
-void wxWindow::GetPositionConstraint(int *x, int *y) const
-{
- wxLayoutConstraints *constr = GetConstraints();
- if (constr)
- {
- *x = constr->left.GetValue();
- *y = constr->top.GetValue();
+ case MM_JOY1BUTTONDOWN:
+ joystick = 1;
+ eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN;
+ break;
+
+ case MM_JOY2BUTTONDOWN:
+ joystick = 2;
+ eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN;
+ break;
+
+ case MM_JOY1BUTTONUP:
+ joystick = 1;
+ eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP;
+ break;
+
+ case MM_JOY2BUTTONUP:
+ joystick = 2;
+ eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("no such joystick event"));
+
+ return FALSE;
}
- else
- GetPosition(x, y);
-}
-bool wxWindow::Close(bool force)
-{
- wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW, m_windowId);
+ wxJoystickEvent event(eventType, buttons, joystick, change);
+ event.SetPosition(wxPoint(x, y));
event.SetEventObject(this);
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
- event.SetForce(force);
-#endif
- event.SetCanVeto(!force);
- return (GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) && !event.GetVeto());
+ return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+#else
+ return FALSE;
+#endif
}
-wxObject* wxWindow::GetChild(int number) const
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// scrolling
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam,
+ WXWORD pos, WXHWND control)
{
- // Return a pointer to the Nth object in the Panel
-// if (!GetChildren())
-// return(NULL) ;
- wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
- int n = number;
- while (node && n--)
- node = node->Next() ;
- if (node)
+ if ( control )
{
- wxObject *obj = (wxObject *)node->Data();
- return(obj) ;
+ wxWindow *child = wxFindWinFromHandle(control);
+ if ( child )
+ return child->MSWOnScroll(orientation, wParam, pos, control);
}
- else
- return NULL ;
-}
-void wxWindow::OnDefaultAction(wxControl *initiatingItem)
-{
-/* This is obsolete now; if we wish to intercept listbox double-clicks,
-* we explicitly intercept the wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
-* event.
+ wxScrollWinEvent event;
+ event.SetPosition(pos);
+ event.SetOrientation(orientation);
+ event.m_eventObject = this;
+
+ switch ( wParam )
+ {
+ case SB_TOP:
+ event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP;
+ break;
+
+ case SB_BOTTOM:
+ event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM;
+ break;
+
+ case SB_LINEUP:
+ event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP;
+ break;
- if (initiatingItem->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxListBox)))
- {
- wxListBox *lbox = (wxListBox *)initiatingItem;
- wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK);
- event.m_commandInt = -1;
- if ((lbox->GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxLB_MULTIPLE) == 0)
- {
- event.m_commandString = copystring(lbox->GetStringSelection());
- event.m_commandInt = lbox->GetSelection();
- event.m_clientData = lbox->wxListBox::GetClientData(event.m_commandInt);
- }
- event.m_eventObject = lbox;
+ case SB_LINEDOWN:
+ event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN;
+ break;
- lbox->ProcessCommand(event);
+ case SB_PAGEUP:
+ event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP;
+ break;
- if (event.m_commandString)
- delete[] event.m_commandString;
- return;
- }
+ case SB_PAGEDOWN:
+ event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN;
+ break;
- wxButton *but = GetDefaultItem();
- if (but)
+ case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
+ case SB_THUMBTRACK:
+#ifdef __WIN32__
+ // under Win32, the scrollbar range and position are 32 bit integers,
+ // but WM_[HV]SCROLL only carry the low 16 bits of them, so we must
+ // explicitly query the scrollbar for the correct position (this must
+ // be done only for these two SB_ events as they are the only one
+ // carrying the scrollbar position)
{
- wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED);
- event.SetEventObject(but);
- but->Command(event);
+ SCROLLINFO scrollInfo;
+ wxZeroMemory(scrollInfo);
+ scrollInfo.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
+ scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_TRACKPOS;
+
+ if ( !::GetScrollInfo(GetHwnd(),
+ orientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ
+ : SB_VERT,
+ &scrollInfo) )
+ {
+ wxLogLastError(_T("GetScrollInfo"));
+ }
+
+ event.SetPosition(scrollInfo.nTrackPos);
}
- */
+#endif // Win32
+
+ event.m_eventType = wParam == SB_THUMBPOSITION
+ ? wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
+ : wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
}
-void wxWindow::Clear()
+// ===========================================================================
+// global functions
+// ===========================================================================
+
+void wxGetCharSize(WXHWND wnd, int *x, int *y, const wxFont *the_font)
{
- wxClientDC dc(this);
- wxBrush brush(GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID);
- dc.SetBackground(brush);
- dc.Clear();
+ TEXTMETRIC tm;
+ HDC dc = ::GetDC((HWND) wnd);
+ HFONT fnt =0;
+ HFONT was = 0;
+ if ( the_font )
+ {
+ // the_font->UseResource();
+ // the_font->RealizeResource();
+ fnt = (HFONT)((wxFont *)the_font)->GetResourceHandle(); // const_cast
+ if ( fnt )
+ was = (HFONT) SelectObject(dc,fnt);
+ }
+ GetTextMetrics(dc, &tm);
+ if ( the_font && fnt && was )
+ {
+ SelectObject(dc,was);
+ }
+ ReleaseDC((HWND)wnd, dc);
+
+ if ( x )
+ *x = tm.tmAveCharWidth;
+ if ( y )
+ *y = tm.tmHeight + tm.tmExternalLeading;
+
+ // if ( the_font )
+ // the_font->ReleaseResource();
}
-// Fits the panel around the items
-void wxWindow::Fit()
+// Returns 0 if was a normal ASCII value, not a special key. This indicates that
+// the key should be ignored by WM_KEYDOWN and processed by WM_CHAR instead.
+int wxCharCodeMSWToWX(int keySym)
{
- int maxX = 0;
- int maxY = 0;
- wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
- while ( node )
+ int id;
+ switch (keySym)
{
- wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
- int wx, wy, ww, wh;
- win->GetPosition(&wx, &wy);
- win->GetSize(&ww, &wh);
- if ( wx + ww > maxX )
- maxX = wx + ww;
- if ( wy + wh > maxY )
- maxY = wy + wh;
+ case VK_CANCEL: id = WXK_CANCEL; break;
+ case VK_BACK: id = WXK_BACK; break;
+ case VK_TAB: id = WXK_TAB; break;
+ case VK_CLEAR: id = WXK_CLEAR; break;
+ case VK_RETURN: id = WXK_RETURN; break;
+ case VK_SHIFT: id = WXK_SHIFT; break;
+ case VK_CONTROL: id = WXK_CONTROL; break;
+ case VK_MENU : id = WXK_MENU; break;
+ case VK_PAUSE: id = WXK_PAUSE; break;
+ case VK_CAPITAL: id = WXK_CAPITAL; break;
+ case VK_SPACE: id = WXK_SPACE; break;
+ case VK_ESCAPE: id = WXK_ESCAPE; break;
+ case VK_PRIOR: id = WXK_PRIOR; break;
+ case VK_NEXT : id = WXK_NEXT; break;
+ case VK_END: id = WXK_END; break;
+ case VK_HOME : id = WXK_HOME; break;
+ case VK_LEFT : id = WXK_LEFT; break;
+ case VK_UP: id = WXK_UP; break;
+ case VK_RIGHT: id = WXK_RIGHT; break;
+ case VK_DOWN : id = WXK_DOWN; break;
+ case VK_SELECT: id = WXK_SELECT; break;
+ case VK_PRINT: id = WXK_PRINT; break;
+ case VK_EXECUTE: id = WXK_EXECUTE; break;
+ case VK_INSERT: id = WXK_INSERT; break;
+ case VK_DELETE: id = WXK_DELETE; break;
+ case VK_HELP : id = WXK_HELP; break;
+ case VK_NUMPAD0: id = WXK_NUMPAD0; break;
+ case VK_NUMPAD1: id = WXK_NUMPAD1; break;
+ case VK_NUMPAD2: id = WXK_NUMPAD2; break;
+ case VK_NUMPAD3: id = WXK_NUMPAD3; break;
+ case VK_NUMPAD4: id = WXK_NUMPAD4; break;
+ case VK_NUMPAD5: id = WXK_NUMPAD5; break;
+ case VK_NUMPAD6: id = WXK_NUMPAD6; break;
+ case VK_NUMPAD7: id = WXK_NUMPAD7; break;
+ case VK_NUMPAD8: id = WXK_NUMPAD8; break;
+ case VK_NUMPAD9: id = WXK_NUMPAD9; break;
+ case VK_MULTIPLY: id = WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY; break;
+ case VK_ADD: id = WXK_NUMPAD_ADD; break;
+ case VK_SUBTRACT: id = WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT; break;
+ case VK_DECIMAL: id = WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL; break;
+ case VK_DIVIDE: id = WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE; break;
+ case VK_F1: id = WXK_F1; break;
+ case VK_F2: id = WXK_F2; break;
+ case VK_F3: id = WXK_F3; break;
+ case VK_F4: id = WXK_F4; break;
+ case VK_F5: id = WXK_F5; break;
+ case VK_F6: id = WXK_F6; break;
+ case VK_F7: id = WXK_F7; break;
+ case VK_F8: id = WXK_F8; break;
+ case VK_F9: id = WXK_F9; break;
+ case VK_F10: id = WXK_F10; break;
+ case VK_F11: id = WXK_F11; break;
+ case VK_F12: id = WXK_F12; break;
+ case VK_F13: id = WXK_F13; break;
+ case VK_F14: id = WXK_F14; break;
+ case VK_F15: id = WXK_F15; break;
+ case VK_F16: id = WXK_F16; break;
+ case VK_F17: id = WXK_F17; break;
+ case VK_F18: id = WXK_F18; break;
+ case VK_F19: id = WXK_F19; break;
+ case VK_F20: id = WXK_F20; break;
+ case VK_F21: id = WXK_F21; break;
+ case VK_F22: id = WXK_F22; break;
+ case VK_F23: id = WXK_F23; break;
+ case VK_F24: id = WXK_F24; break;
+ case VK_NUMLOCK: id = WXK_NUMLOCK; break;
+ case VK_SCROLL: id = WXK_SCROLL; break;
+
+ case VK_OEM_1: id = ';'; break;
+ case VK_OEM_PLUS: id = '+'; break;
+ case VK_OEM_COMMA: id = ','; break;
+ case VK_OEM_MINUS: id = '-'; break;
+ case VK_OEM_PERIOD: id = '.'; break;
+ case VK_OEM_2: id = '/'; break;
+ case VK_OEM_3: id = '~'; break;
+ case VK_OEM_4: id = '['; break;
+ case VK_OEM_5: id = '\\'; break;
+ case VK_OEM_6: id = ']'; break;
+ case VK_OEM_7: id = '\''; break;
+
+#ifdef VK_APPS
+ case VK_LWIN: id = WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT; break;
+ case VK_RWIN: id = WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT; break;
+ case VK_APPS: id = WXK_WINDOWS_MENU; break;
+#endif // VK_APPS defined
- node = node->Next();
+ default:
+ id = 0;
}
- SetClientSize(maxX + 5, maxY + 5);
-}
-
-void wxWindow::SetValidator(const wxValidator& validator)
-{
- if ( m_windowValidator )
- delete m_windowValidator;
- m_windowValidator = validator.Clone();
- if ( m_windowValidator )
- m_windowValidator->SetWindow(this) ;
+ return id;
}
-// Find a window by id or name
-wxWindow *wxWindow::FindWindow(long id)
+int wxCharCodeWXToMSW(int id, bool *isVirtual)
{
- if ( GetId() == id)
- return this;
-
- wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
- while ( node )
+ *isVirtual = TRUE;
+ int keySym = 0;
+ switch (id)
{
- wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
- wxWindow *found = child->FindWindow(id);
- if ( found )
- return found;
- node = node->Next();
+ case WXK_CANCEL: keySym = VK_CANCEL; break;
+ case WXK_CLEAR: keySym = VK_CLEAR; break;
+ case WXK_SHIFT: keySym = VK_SHIFT; break;
+ case WXK_CONTROL: keySym = VK_CONTROL; break;
+ case WXK_MENU : keySym = VK_MENU; break;
+ case WXK_PAUSE: keySym = VK_PAUSE; break;
+ case WXK_PRIOR: keySym = VK_PRIOR; break;
+ case WXK_NEXT : keySym = VK_NEXT; break;
+ case WXK_END: keySym = VK_END; break;
+ case WXK_HOME : keySym = VK_HOME; break;
+ case WXK_LEFT : keySym = VK_LEFT; break;
+ case WXK_UP: keySym = VK_UP; break;
+ case WXK_RIGHT: keySym = VK_RIGHT; break;
+ case WXK_DOWN : keySym = VK_DOWN; break;
+ case WXK_SELECT: keySym = VK_SELECT; break;
+ case WXK_PRINT: keySym = VK_PRINT; break;
+ case WXK_EXECUTE: keySym = VK_EXECUTE; break;
+ case WXK_INSERT: keySym = VK_INSERT; break;
+ case WXK_DELETE: keySym = VK_DELETE; break;
+ case WXK_HELP : keySym = VK_HELP; break;
+ case WXK_NUMPAD0: keySym = VK_NUMPAD0; break;
+ case WXK_NUMPAD1: keySym = VK_NUMPAD1; break;
+ case WXK_NUMPAD2: keySym = VK_NUMPAD2; break;
+ case WXK_NUMPAD3: keySym = VK_NUMPAD3; break;
+ case WXK_NUMPAD4: keySym = VK_NUMPAD4; break;
+ case WXK_NUMPAD5: keySym = VK_NUMPAD5; break;
+ case WXK_NUMPAD6: keySym = VK_NUMPAD6; break;
+ case WXK_NUMPAD7: keySym = VK_NUMPAD7; break;
+ case WXK_NUMPAD8: keySym = VK_NUMPAD8; break;
+ case WXK_NUMPAD9: keySym = VK_NUMPAD9; break;
+ case WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY: keySym = VK_MULTIPLY; break;
+ case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD: keySym = VK_ADD; break;
+ case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: keySym = VK_SUBTRACT; break;
+ case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL: keySym = VK_DECIMAL; break;
+ case WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE: keySym = VK_DIVIDE; break;
+ case WXK_F1: keySym = VK_F1; break;
+ case WXK_F2: keySym = VK_F2; break;
+ case WXK_F3: keySym = VK_F3; break;
+ case WXK_F4: keySym = VK_F4; break;
+ case WXK_F5: keySym = VK_F5; break;
+ case WXK_F6: keySym = VK_F6; break;
+ case WXK_F7: keySym = VK_F7; break;
+ case WXK_F8: keySym = VK_F8; break;
+ case WXK_F9: keySym = VK_F9; break;
+ case WXK_F10: keySym = VK_F10; break;
+ case WXK_F11: keySym = VK_F11; break;
+ case WXK_F12: keySym = VK_F12; break;
+ case WXK_F13: keySym = VK_F13; break;
+ case WXK_F14: keySym = VK_F14; break;
+ case WXK_F15: keySym = VK_F15; break;
+ case WXK_F16: keySym = VK_F16; break;
+ case WXK_F17: keySym = VK_F17; break;
+ case WXK_F18: keySym = VK_F18; break;
+ case WXK_F19: keySym = VK_F19; break;
+ case WXK_F20: keySym = VK_F20; break;
+ case WXK_F21: keySym = VK_F21; break;
+ case WXK_F22: keySym = VK_F22; break;
+ case WXK_F23: keySym = VK_F23; break;
+ case WXK_F24: keySym = VK_F24; break;
+ case WXK_NUMLOCK: keySym = VK_NUMLOCK; break;
+ case WXK_SCROLL: keySym = VK_SCROLL; break;
+ default:
+ {
+ *isVirtual = FALSE;
+ keySym = id;
+ break;
+ }
}
- return NULL;
+ return keySym;
}
-wxWindow *wxWindow::FindWindow(const wxString& name)
+wxWindow *wxGetActiveWindow()
{
- if ( GetName() == name)
- return this;
-
- wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
- while ( node )
+ HWND hWnd = GetActiveWindow();
+ if ( hWnd != 0 )
{
- wxWindow *child = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
- wxWindow *found = child->FindWindow(name);
- if ( found )
- return found;
- node = node->Next();
+ return wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
}
return NULL;
}
-/* TODO
-// Default input behaviour for a scrolling canvas should be to scroll
-// according to the cursor keys pressed
-void wxWindow::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
-{
-int x_page = 0;
-int y_page = 0;
-int start_x = 0;
-int start_y = 0;
-// Bugfix Begin
-int v_width = 0;
-int v_height = 0;
-int y_pages = 0;
-// Bugfix End
-
- GetScrollUnitsPerPage(&x_page, &y_page);
- // Bugfix Begin
- GetVirtualSize(&v_width,&v_height);
- // Bugfix End
- ViewStart(&start_x, &start_y);
- // Bugfix begin
- if (vert_units)
- y_pages = (int)(v_height/vert_units) - y_page;
-
- #ifdef __WXMSW__
- int y = 0;
- #else
- int y = y_page-1;
- #endif
- // Bugfix End
- switch (event.keyCode)
- {
- case WXK_PRIOR:
- {
- // BugFix Begin
- if (y_page > 0)
- {
- if (start_y - y_page > 0)
- Scroll(start_x, start_y - y_page);
- else
- Scroll(start_x, 0);
- }
- // Bugfix End
- break;
- }
- case WXK_NEXT:
- {
- // Bugfix Begin
- if ((y_page > 0) && (start_y <= y_pages-y-1))
- {
- if (y_pages + y < start_y + y_page)
- Scroll(start_x, y_pages + y);
- else
- Scroll(start_x, start_y + y_page);
- }
- // Bugfix End
- break;
- }
- case WXK_UP:
- {
- if ((y_page > 0) && (start_y >= 1))
- Scroll(start_x, start_y - 1);
- break;
- }
- case WXK_DOWN:
- {
- // Bugfix Begin
- if ((y_page > 0) && (start_y <= y_pages-y-1))
- // Bugfix End
- {
- Scroll(start_x, start_y + 1);
- }
- break;
- }
- case WXK_LEFT:
- {
- if ((x_page > 0) && (start_x >= 1))
- Scroll(start_x - 1, start_y);
- break;
- }
- case WXK_RIGHT:
- {
- if (x_page > 0)
- Scroll(start_x + 1, start_y);
- break;
- }
- case WXK_HOME:
- {
- Scroll(0, 0);
- break;
- }
- // This is new
- case WXK_END:
- {
- Scroll(start_x, y_pages+y);
- break;
- }
- // end
- }
- }
-*/
-
-// Setup background and foreground colours correctly
-void wxWindow::SetupColours()
+extern wxWindow *wxGetWindowFromHWND(WXHWND hWnd)
{
- if (GetParent())
- SetBackgroundColour(GetParent()->GetBackgroundColour());
-}
+ HWND hwnd = (HWND)hWnd;
-void wxWindow::OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event)
-{
- // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event
- if (m_mouseInWindow)
+ // For a radiobutton, we get the radiobox from GWL_USERDATA (which is set
+ // by code in msw/radiobox.cpp), for all the others we just search up the
+ // window hierarchy
+ wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)NULL;
+ if ( hwnd )
{
- POINT pt;
- ::GetCursorPos(&pt);
- if (::WindowFromPoint(pt) != (HWND) GetHWND())
+ win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwnd);
+ if ( !win )
{
- // Generate a LEAVE event
- m_mouseInWindow = FALSE;
+ // all these hacks only work under Win32 anyhow
+#ifdef __WIN32__
- int state = 0;
- if (::GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) != 0)
- state |= MK_SHIFT;
- if (::GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) != 0)
- state |= MK_CONTROL;
+#if wxUSE_RADIOBOX
+ // native radiobuttons return DLGC_RADIOBUTTON here and for any
+ // wxWindow class which overrides WM_GETDLGCODE processing to
+ // do it as well, win would be already non NULL
+ if ( ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0) & DLGC_RADIOBUTTON )
+ {
+ win = (wxWindow *)::GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_USERDATA);
+ }
+ //else: it's a wxRadioButton, not a radiobutton from wxRadioBox
+#endif // wxUSE_RADIOBOX
- // Unfortunately the mouse button and keyboard state may have changed
- // by the time the OnIdle function is called, so 'state' may be
- // meaningless.
+ // spin control text buddy window should be mapped to spin ctrl
+ // itself so try it too
+#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+ if ( !win )
+ {
+ win = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl((WXHWND)hwnd);
+ }
+#endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
- MSWOnMouseLeave(pt.x, pt.y, state);
+#endif // Win32
}
}
- UpdateWindowUI();
-}
-// Raise the window to the top of the Z order
-void wxWindow::Raise()
-{
- ::BringWindowToTop((HWND) GetHWND());
-}
+ while ( hwnd && !win )
+ {
+ // this is a really ugly hack needed to avoid mistakenly returning the
+ // parent frame wxWindow for the find/replace modeless dialog HWND -
+ // this, in turn, is needed to call IsDialogMessage() from
+ // wxApp::ProcessMessage() as for this we must return NULL from here
+ //
+ // FIXME: this is clearly not the best way to do it but I think we'll
+ // need to change HWND <-> wxWindow code more heavily than I can
+ // do it now to fix it
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+ if ( ::GetWindow(hwnd, GW_OWNER) )
+ {
+ // it's a dialog box, don't go upwards
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
-// Lower the window to the bottom of the Z order
-void wxWindow::Lower()
-{
- ::SetWindowPos((HWND) GetHWND(), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE|SWP_NOSIZE|SWP_NOACTIVATE);
-}
+ hwnd = ::GetParent(hwnd);
+ win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwnd);
+ }
-long wxWindow::MSWGetDlgCode()
-{
- // default: just forward to def window proc (the msg has no parameters)
- return MSWDefWindowProc(WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0);
+ return win;
}
-bool wxWindow::AcceptsFocus() const
-{
- // invisible and disabled controls don't need focus
- return IsShown() && IsEnabled();
-}
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
-// Update region access
-wxRegion wxWindow::GetUpdateRegion() const
-{
- return m_updateRegion;
-}
+// Windows keyboard hook. Allows interception of e.g. F1, ESCAPE
+// in active frames and dialogs, regardless of where the focus is.
+static HHOOK wxTheKeyboardHook = 0;
+static FARPROC wxTheKeyboardHookProc = 0;
+int APIENTRY _EXPORT
+wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam);
-bool wxWindow::IsExposed(int x, int y, int w, int h) const
+void wxSetKeyboardHook(bool doIt)
{
- return (m_updateRegion.Contains(x, y, w, h) != wxOutRegion);
-}
+ if ( doIt )
+ {
+ wxTheKeyboardHookProc = MakeProcInstance((FARPROC) wxKeyboardHook, wxGetInstance());
+ wxTheKeyboardHook = SetWindowsHookEx(WH_KEYBOARD, (HOOKPROC) wxTheKeyboardHookProc, wxGetInstance(),
-bool wxWindow::IsExposed(const wxPoint& pt) const
-{
- return (m_updateRegion.Contains(pt) != wxOutRegion);
-}
+#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__TWIN32__)
+ GetCurrentThreadId()
+ // (DWORD)GetCurrentProcess()); // This is another possibility. Which is right?
+#else
+ GetCurrentTask()
+#endif
+ );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook);
-bool wxWindow::IsExposed(const wxRect& rect) const
-{
- return (m_updateRegion.Contains(rect) != wxOutRegion);
+ // avoids warning about statement with no effect (FreeProcInstance
+ // doesn't do anything under Win32)
+#if !defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__NT__)
+ FreeProcInstance(wxTheKeyboardHookProc);
+#endif
+ }
}
-// Set this window to be the child of 'parent'.
-bool wxWindow::Reparent(wxWindow *parent)
+int APIENTRY _EXPORT
+wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam)
{
- if (parent == GetParent())
- return TRUE;
-
- // Unlink this window from the existing parent.
- if (GetParent())
+ DWORD hiWord = HIWORD(lParam);
+ if ( nCode != HC_NOREMOVE && ((hiWord & KF_UP) == 0) )
{
- GetParent()->RemoveChild(this);
- }
- else
- wxTopLevelWindows.DeleteObject(this);
+ int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam);
+ if ( id != 0 )
+ {
+ wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK);
+ if ( (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN )
+ event.m_altDown = TRUE;
- HWND hWndParent = 0;
- HWND hWndChild = (HWND) GetHWND();
- if (parent != (wxWindow*) NULL)
- {
- parent->AddChild(this);
- hWndParent = (HWND) parent->GetHWND();
- }
- else
- wxTopLevelWindows.Append(this);
+ event.m_eventObject = NULL;
+ event.m_keyCode = id;
+ event.m_shiftDown = wxIsShiftDown();
+ event.m_controlDown = wxIsCtrlDown();
+ event.SetTimestamp(s_currentMsg.time);
- ::SetParent(hWndChild, hWndParent);
+ wxWindow *win = wxGetActiveWindow();
+ wxEvtHandler *handler;
+ if ( win )
+ {
+ handler = win->GetEventHandler();
+ event.SetId(win->GetId());
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ handler = wxTheApp;
+ event.SetId(-1);
+ }
- return TRUE;
+ if ( handler && handler->ProcessEvent(event) )
+ {
+ // processed
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (int)CallNextHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook, nCode, wParam, lParam);
}
+#endif // !__WXMICROWIN__
+
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
const char *wxGetMessageName(int message)
{
- switch ( message ) {
- case 0x0000: return "WM_NULL";
- case 0x0001: return "WM_CREATE";
- case 0x0002: return "WM_DESTROY";
- case 0x0003: return "WM_MOVE";
- case 0x0005: return "WM_SIZE";
- case 0x0006: return "WM_ACTIVATE";
- case 0x0007: return "WM_SETFOCUS";
- case 0x0008: return "WM_KILLFOCUS";
- case 0x000A: return "WM_ENABLE";
- case 0x000B: return "WM_SETREDRAW";
- case 0x000C: return "WM_SETTEXT";
- case 0x000D: return "WM_GETTEXT";
- case 0x000E: return "WM_GETTEXTLENGTH";
- case 0x000F: return "WM_PAINT";
- case 0x0010: return "WM_CLOSE";
- case 0x0011: return "WM_QUERYENDSESSION";
- case 0x0012: return "WM_QUIT";
- case 0x0013: return "WM_QUERYOPEN";
- case 0x0014: return "WM_ERASEBKGND";
- case 0x0015: return "WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE";
- case 0x0016: return "WM_ENDSESSION";
- case 0x0017: return "WM_SYSTEMERROR";
- case 0x0018: return "WM_SHOWWINDOW";
- case 0x0019: return "WM_CTLCOLOR";
- case 0x001A: return "WM_WININICHANGE";
- case 0x001B: return "WM_DEVMODECHANGE";
- case 0x001C: return "WM_ACTIVATEAPP";
- case 0x001D: return "WM_FONTCHANGE";
- case 0x001E: return "WM_TIMECHANGE";
- case 0x001F: return "WM_CANCELMODE";
- case 0x0020: return "WM_SETCURSOR";
- case 0x0021: return "WM_MOUSEACTIVATE";
- case 0x0022: return "WM_CHILDACTIVATE";
- case 0x0023: return "WM_QUEUESYNC";
- case 0x0024: return "WM_GETMINMAXINFO";
- case 0x0026: return "WM_PAINTICON";
- case 0x0027: return "WM_ICONERASEBKGND";
- case 0x0028: return "WM_NEXTDLGCTL";
- case 0x002A: return "WM_SPOOLERSTATUS";
- case 0x002B: return "WM_DRAWITEM";
- case 0x002C: return "WM_MEASUREITEM";
- case 0x002D: return "WM_DELETEITEM";
- case 0x002E: return "WM_VKEYTOITEM";
- case 0x002F: return "WM_CHARTOITEM";
- case 0x0030: return "WM_SETFONT";
- case 0x0031: return "WM_GETFONT";
- case 0x0037: return "WM_QUERYDRAGICON";
- case 0x0039: return "WM_COMPAREITEM";
- case 0x0041: return "WM_COMPACTING";
- case 0x0044: return "WM_COMMNOTIFY";
- case 0x0046: return "WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING";
- case 0x0047: return "WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED";
- case 0x0048: return "WM_POWER";
+ switch ( message )
+ {
+ case 0x0000: return "WM_NULL";
+ case 0x0001: return "WM_CREATE";
+ case 0x0002: return "WM_DESTROY";
+ case 0x0003: return "WM_MOVE";
+ case 0x0005: return "WM_SIZE";
+ case 0x0006: return "WM_ACTIVATE";
+ case 0x0007: return "WM_SETFOCUS";
+ case 0x0008: return "WM_KILLFOCUS";
+ case 0x000A: return "WM_ENABLE";
+ case 0x000B: return "WM_SETREDRAW";
+ case 0x000C: return "WM_SETTEXT";
+ case 0x000D: return "WM_GETTEXT";
+ case 0x000E: return "WM_GETTEXTLENGTH";
+ case 0x000F: return "WM_PAINT";
+ case 0x0010: return "WM_CLOSE";
+ case 0x0011: return "WM_QUERYENDSESSION";
+ case 0x0012: return "WM_QUIT";
+ case 0x0013: return "WM_QUERYOPEN";
+ case 0x0014: return "WM_ERASEBKGND";
+ case 0x0015: return "WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE";
+ case 0x0016: return "WM_ENDSESSION";
+ case 0x0017: return "WM_SYSTEMERROR";
+ case 0x0018: return "WM_SHOWWINDOW";
+ case 0x0019: return "WM_CTLCOLOR";
+ case 0x001A: return "WM_WININICHANGE";
+ case 0x001B: return "WM_DEVMODECHANGE";
+ case 0x001C: return "WM_ACTIVATEAPP";
+ case 0x001D: return "WM_FONTCHANGE";
+ case 0x001E: return "WM_TIMECHANGE";
+ case 0x001F: return "WM_CANCELMODE";
+ case 0x0020: return "WM_SETCURSOR";
+ case 0x0021: return "WM_MOUSEACTIVATE";
+ case 0x0022: return "WM_CHILDACTIVATE";
+ case 0x0023: return "WM_QUEUESYNC";
+ case 0x0024: return "WM_GETMINMAXINFO";
+ case 0x0026: return "WM_PAINTICON";
+ case 0x0027: return "WM_ICONERASEBKGND";
+ case 0x0028: return "WM_NEXTDLGCTL";
+ case 0x002A: return "WM_SPOOLERSTATUS";
+ case 0x002B: return "WM_DRAWITEM";
+ case 0x002C: return "WM_MEASUREITEM";
+ case 0x002D: return "WM_DELETEITEM";
+ case 0x002E: return "WM_VKEYTOITEM";
+ case 0x002F: return "WM_CHARTOITEM";
+ case 0x0030: return "WM_SETFONT";
+ case 0x0031: return "WM_GETFONT";
+ case 0x0037: return "WM_QUERYDRAGICON";
+ case 0x0039: return "WM_COMPAREITEM";
+ case 0x0041: return "WM_COMPACTING";
+ case 0x0044: return "WM_COMMNOTIFY";
+ case 0x0046: return "WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING";
+ case 0x0047: return "WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED";
+ case 0x0048: return "WM_POWER";
#ifdef __WIN32__
- case 0x004A: return "WM_COPYDATA";
- case 0x004B: return "WM_CANCELJOURNAL";
- case 0x004E: return "WM_NOTIFY";
- case 0x0050: return "WM_INPUTLANGCHANGEREQUEST";
- case 0x0051: return "WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE";
- case 0x0052: return "WM_TCARD";
- case 0x0053: return "WM_HELP";
- case 0x0054: return "WM_USERCHANGED";
- case 0x0055: return "WM_NOTIFYFORMAT";
- case 0x007B: return "WM_CONTEXTMENU";
- case 0x007C: return "WM_STYLECHANGING";
- case 0x007D: return "WM_STYLECHANGED";
- case 0x007E: return "WM_DISPLAYCHANGE";
- case 0x007F: return "WM_GETICON";
- case 0x0080: return "WM_SETICON";
+ case 0x004A: return "WM_COPYDATA";
+ case 0x004B: return "WM_CANCELJOURNAL";
+ case 0x004E: return "WM_NOTIFY";
+ case 0x0050: return "WM_INPUTLANGCHANGEREQUEST";
+ case 0x0051: return "WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE";
+ case 0x0052: return "WM_TCARD";
+ case 0x0053: return "WM_HELP";
+ case 0x0054: return "WM_USERCHANGED";
+ case 0x0055: return "WM_NOTIFYFORMAT";
+ case 0x007B: return "WM_CONTEXTMENU";
+ case 0x007C: return "WM_STYLECHANGING";
+ case 0x007D: return "WM_STYLECHANGED";
+ case 0x007E: return "WM_DISPLAYCHANGE";
+ case 0x007F: return "WM_GETICON";
+ case 0x0080: return "WM_SETICON";
#endif //WIN32
- case 0x0081: return "WM_NCCREATE";
- case 0x0082: return "WM_NCDESTROY";
- case 0x0083: return "WM_NCCALCSIZE";
- case 0x0084: return "WM_NCHITTEST";
- case 0x0085: return "WM_NCPAINT";
- case 0x0086: return "WM_NCACTIVATE";
- case 0x0087: return "WM_GETDLGCODE";
- case 0x00A0: return "WM_NCMOUSEMOVE";
- case 0x00A1: return "WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN";
- case 0x00A2: return "WM_NCLBUTTONUP";
- case 0x00A3: return "WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK";
- case 0x00A4: return "WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN";
- case 0x00A5: return "WM_NCRBUTTONUP";
- case 0x00A6: return "WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK";
- case 0x00A7: return "WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN";
- case 0x00A8: return "WM_NCMBUTTONUP";
- case 0x00A9: return "WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK";
- case 0x0100: return "WM_KEYDOWN";
- case 0x0101: return "WM_KEYUP";
- case 0x0102: return "WM_CHAR";
- case 0x0103: return "WM_DEADCHAR";
- case 0x0104: return "WM_SYSKEYDOWN";
- case 0x0105: return "WM_SYSKEYUP";
- case 0x0106: return "WM_SYSCHAR";
- case 0x0107: return "WM_SYSDEADCHAR";
- case 0x0108: return "WM_KEYLAST";
+ case 0x0081: return "WM_NCCREATE";
+ case 0x0082: return "WM_NCDESTROY";
+ case 0x0083: return "WM_NCCALCSIZE";
+ case 0x0084: return "WM_NCHITTEST";
+ case 0x0085: return "WM_NCPAINT";
+ case 0x0086: return "WM_NCACTIVATE";
+ case 0x0087: return "WM_GETDLGCODE";
+ case 0x00A0: return "WM_NCMOUSEMOVE";
+ case 0x00A1: return "WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN";
+ case 0x00A2: return "WM_NCLBUTTONUP";
+ case 0x00A3: return "WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK";
+ case 0x00A4: return "WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN";
+ case 0x00A5: return "WM_NCRBUTTONUP";
+ case 0x00A6: return "WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK";
+ case 0x00A7: return "WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN";
+ case 0x00A8: return "WM_NCMBUTTONUP";
+ case 0x00A9: return "WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK";
+ case 0x0100: return "WM_KEYDOWN";
+ case 0x0101: return "WM_KEYUP";
+ case 0x0102: return "WM_CHAR";
+ case 0x0103: return "WM_DEADCHAR";
+ case 0x0104: return "WM_SYSKEYDOWN";
+ case 0x0105: return "WM_SYSKEYUP";
+ case 0x0106: return "WM_SYSCHAR";
+ case 0x0107: return "WM_SYSDEADCHAR";
+ case 0x0108: return "WM_KEYLAST";
#ifdef __WIN32__
- case 0x010D: return "WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION";
- case 0x010E: return "WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION";
- case 0x010F: return "WM_IME_COMPOSITION";
+ case 0x010D: return "WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION";
+ case 0x010E: return "WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION";
+ case 0x010F: return "WM_IME_COMPOSITION";
#endif //WIN32
- case 0x0110: return "WM_INITDIALOG";
- case 0x0111: return "WM_COMMAND";
- case 0x0112: return "WM_SYSCOMMAND";
- case 0x0113: return "WM_TIMER";
- case 0x0114: return "WM_HSCROLL";
- case 0x0115: return "WM_VSCROLL";
- case 0x0116: return "WM_INITMENU";
- case 0x0117: return "WM_INITMENUPOPUP";
- case 0x011F: return "WM_MENUSELECT";
- case 0x0120: return "WM_MENUCHAR";
- case 0x0121: return "WM_ENTERIDLE";
- case 0x0200: return "WM_MOUSEMOVE";
- case 0x0201: return "WM_LBUTTONDOWN";
- case 0x0202: return "WM_LBUTTONUP";
- case 0x0203: return "WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK";
- case 0x0204: return "WM_RBUTTONDOWN";
- case 0x0205: return "WM_RBUTTONUP";
- case 0x0206: return "WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK";
- case 0x0207: return "WM_MBUTTONDOWN";
- case 0x0208: return "WM_MBUTTONUP";
- case 0x0209: return "WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK";
- case 0x0210: return "WM_PARENTNOTIFY";
- case 0x0211: return "WM_ENTERMENULOOP";
- case 0x0212: return "WM_EXITMENULOOP";
+ case 0x0110: return "WM_INITDIALOG";
+ case 0x0111: return "WM_COMMAND";
+ case 0x0112: return "WM_SYSCOMMAND";
+ case 0x0113: return "WM_TIMER";
+ case 0x0114: return "WM_HSCROLL";
+ case 0x0115: return "WM_VSCROLL";
+ case 0x0116: return "WM_INITMENU";
+ case 0x0117: return "WM_INITMENUPOPUP";
+ case 0x011F: return "WM_MENUSELECT";
+ case 0x0120: return "WM_MENUCHAR";
+ case 0x0121: return "WM_ENTERIDLE";
+ case 0x0200: return "WM_MOUSEMOVE";
+ case 0x0201: return "WM_LBUTTONDOWN";
+ case 0x0202: return "WM_LBUTTONUP";
+ case 0x0203: return "WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK";
+ case 0x0204: return "WM_RBUTTONDOWN";
+ case 0x0205: return "WM_RBUTTONUP";
+ case 0x0206: return "WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK";
+ case 0x0207: return "WM_MBUTTONDOWN";
+ case 0x0208: return "WM_MBUTTONUP";
+ case 0x0209: return "WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK";
+ case 0x020A: return "WM_MOUSEWHEEL";
+ case 0x0210: return "WM_PARENTNOTIFY";
+ case 0x0211: return "WM_ENTERMENULOOP";
+ case 0x0212: return "WM_EXITMENULOOP";
#ifdef __WIN32__
- case 0x0213: return "WM_NEXTMENU";
- case 0x0214: return "WM_SIZING";
- case 0x0215: return "WM_CAPTURECHANGED";
- case 0x0216: return "WM_MOVING";
- case 0x0218: return "WM_POWERBROADCAST";
- case 0x0219: return "WM_DEVICECHANGE";
+ case 0x0213: return "WM_NEXTMENU";
+ case 0x0214: return "WM_SIZING";
+ case 0x0215: return "WM_CAPTURECHANGED";
+ case 0x0216: return "WM_MOVING";
+ case 0x0218: return "WM_POWERBROADCAST";
+ case 0x0219: return "WM_DEVICECHANGE";
#endif //WIN32
- case 0x0220: return "WM_MDICREATE";
- case 0x0221: return "WM_MDIDESTROY";
- case 0x0222: return "WM_MDIACTIVATE";
- case 0x0223: return "WM_MDIRESTORE";
- case 0x0224: return "WM_MDINEXT";
- case 0x0225: return "WM_MDIMAXIMIZE";
- case 0x0226: return "WM_MDITILE";
- case 0x0227: return "WM_MDICASCADE";
- case 0x0228: return "WM_MDIICONARRANGE";
- case 0x0229: return "WM_MDIGETACTIVE";
- case 0x0230: return "WM_MDISETMENU";
- case 0x0233: return "WM_DROPFILES";
+ case 0x0220: return "WM_MDICREATE";
+ case 0x0221: return "WM_MDIDESTROY";
+ case 0x0222: return "WM_MDIACTIVATE";
+ case 0x0223: return "WM_MDIRESTORE";
+ case 0x0224: return "WM_MDINEXT";
+ case 0x0225: return "WM_MDIMAXIMIZE";
+ case 0x0226: return "WM_MDITILE";
+ case 0x0227: return "WM_MDICASCADE";
+ case 0x0228: return "WM_MDIICONARRANGE";
+ case 0x0229: return "WM_MDIGETACTIVE";
+ case 0x0230: return "WM_MDISETMENU";
+ case 0x0233: return "WM_DROPFILES";
#ifdef __WIN32__
- case 0x0281: return "WM_IME_SETCONTEXT";
- case 0x0282: return "WM_IME_NOTIFY";
- case 0x0283: return "WM_IME_CONTROL";
- case 0x0284: return "WM_IME_COMPOSITIONFULL";
- case 0x0285: return "WM_IME_SELECT";
- case 0x0286: return "WM_IME_CHAR";
- case 0x0290: return "WM_IME_KEYDOWN";
- case 0x0291: return "WM_IME_KEYUP";
+ case 0x0281: return "WM_IME_SETCONTEXT";
+ case 0x0282: return "WM_IME_NOTIFY";
+ case 0x0283: return "WM_IME_CONTROL";
+ case 0x0284: return "WM_IME_COMPOSITIONFULL";
+ case 0x0285: return "WM_IME_SELECT";
+ case 0x0286: return "WM_IME_CHAR";
+ case 0x0290: return "WM_IME_KEYDOWN";
+ case 0x0291: return "WM_IME_KEYUP";
#endif //WIN32
- case 0x0300: return "WM_CUT";
- case 0x0301: return "WM_COPY";
- case 0x0302: return "WM_PASTE";
- case 0x0303: return "WM_CLEAR";
- case 0x0304: return "WM_UNDO";
- case 0x0305: return "WM_RENDERFORMAT";
- case 0x0306: return "WM_RENDERALLFORMATS";
- case 0x0307: return "WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD";
- case 0x0308: return "WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD";
- case 0x0309: return "WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD";
- case 0x030A: return "WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD";
- case 0x030B: return "WM_SIZECLIPBOARD";
- case 0x030C: return "WM_ASKCBFORMATNAME";
- case 0x030D: return "WM_CHANGECBCHAIN";
- case 0x030E: return "WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD";
- case 0x030F: return "WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE";
- case 0x0310: return "WM_PALETTEISCHANGING";
- case 0x0311: return "WM_PALETTECHANGED";
+ case 0x0300: return "WM_CUT";
+ case 0x0301: return "WM_COPY";
+ case 0x0302: return "WM_PASTE";
+ case 0x0303: return "WM_CLEAR";
+ case 0x0304: return "WM_UNDO";
+ case 0x0305: return "WM_RENDERFORMAT";
+ case 0x0306: return "WM_RENDERALLFORMATS";
+ case 0x0307: return "WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD";
+ case 0x0308: return "WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD";
+ case 0x0309: return "WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD";
+ case 0x030A: return "WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD";
+ case 0x030B: return "WM_SIZECLIPBOARD";
+ case 0x030C: return "WM_ASKCBFORMATNAME";
+ case 0x030D: return "WM_CHANGECBCHAIN";
+ case 0x030E: return "WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD";
+ case 0x030F: return "WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE";
+ case 0x0310: return "WM_PALETTEISCHANGING";
+ case 0x0311: return "WM_PALETTECHANGED";
#ifdef __WIN32__
// common controls messages - although they're not strictly speaking
// standard, it's nice to decode them nevertheless
// listview
- case 0x1000 + 0: return "LVM_GETBKCOLOR";
- case 0x1000 + 1: return "LVM_SETBKCOLOR";
- case 0x1000 + 2: return "LVM_GETIMAGELIST";
- case 0x1000 + 3: return "LVM_SETIMAGELIST";
- case 0x1000 + 4: return "LVM_GETITEMCOUNT";
- case 0x1000 + 5: return "LVM_GETITEMA";
- case 0x1000 + 75: return "LVM_GETITEMW";
- case 0x1000 + 6: return "LVM_SETITEMA";
- case 0x1000 + 76: return "LVM_SETITEMW";
- case 0x1000 + 7: return "LVM_INSERTITEMA";
- case 0x1000 + 77: return "LVM_INSERTITEMW";
- case 0x1000 + 8: return "LVM_DELETEITEM";
- case 0x1000 + 9: return "LVM_DELETEALLITEMS";
- case 0x1000 + 10: return "LVM_GETCALLBACKMASK";
- case 0x1000 + 11: return "LVM_SETCALLBACKMASK";
- case 0x1000 + 12: return "LVM_GETNEXTITEM";
- case 0x1000 + 13: return "LVM_FINDITEMA";
- case 0x1000 + 83: return "LVM_FINDITEMW";
- case 0x1000 + 14: return "LVM_GETITEMRECT";
- case 0x1000 + 15: return "LVM_SETITEMPOSITION";
- case 0x1000 + 16: return "LVM_GETITEMPOSITION";
- case 0x1000 + 17: return "LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHA";
- case 0x1000 + 87: return "LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHW";
- case 0x1000 + 18: return "LVM_HITTEST";
- case 0x1000 + 19: return "LVM_ENSUREVISIBLE";
- case 0x1000 + 20: return "LVM_SCROLL";
- case 0x1000 + 21: return "LVM_REDRAWITEMS";
- case 0x1000 + 22: return "LVM_ARRANGE";
- case 0x1000 + 23: return "LVM_EDITLABELA";
- case 0x1000 + 118: return "LVM_EDITLABELW";
- case 0x1000 + 24: return "LVM_GETEDITCONTROL";
- case 0x1000 + 25: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNA";
- case 0x1000 + 95: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNW";
- case 0x1000 + 26: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNA";
- case 0x1000 + 96: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNW";
- case 0x1000 + 27: return "LVM_INSERTCOLUMNA";
- case 0x1000 + 97: return "LVM_INSERTCOLUMNW";
- case 0x1000 + 28: return "LVM_DELETECOLUMN";
- case 0x1000 + 29: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNWIDTH";
- case 0x1000 + 30: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNWIDTH";
- case 0x1000 + 31: return "LVM_GETHEADER";
- case 0x1000 + 33: return "LVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE";
- case 0x1000 + 34: return "LVM_GETVIEWRECT";
- case 0x1000 + 35: return "LVM_GETTEXTCOLOR";
- case 0x1000 + 36: return "LVM_SETTEXTCOLOR";
- case 0x1000 + 37: return "LVM_GETTEXTBKCOLOR";
- case 0x1000 + 38: return "LVM_SETTEXTBKCOLOR";
- case 0x1000 + 39: return "LVM_GETTOPINDEX";
- case 0x1000 + 40: return "LVM_GETCOUNTPERPAGE";
- case 0x1000 + 41: return "LVM_GETORIGIN";
- case 0x1000 + 42: return "LVM_UPDATE";
- case 0x1000 + 43: return "LVM_SETITEMSTATE";
- case 0x1000 + 44: return "LVM_GETITEMSTATE";
- case 0x1000 + 45: return "LVM_GETITEMTEXTA";
- case 0x1000 + 115: return "LVM_GETITEMTEXTW";
- case 0x1000 + 46: return "LVM_SETITEMTEXTA";
- case 0x1000 + 116: return "LVM_SETITEMTEXTW";
- case 0x1000 + 47: return "LVM_SETITEMCOUNT";
- case 0x1000 + 48: return "LVM_SORTITEMS";
- case 0x1000 + 49: return "LVM_SETITEMPOSITION32";
- case 0x1000 + 50: return "LVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT";
- case 0x1000 + 51: return "LVM_GETITEMSPACING";
- case 0x1000 + 52: return "LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA";
- case 0x1000 + 117: return "LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW";
- case 0x1000 + 53: return "LVM_SETICONSPACING";
- case 0x1000 + 54: return "LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE";
- case 0x1000 + 55: return "LVM_GETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE";
- case 0x1000 + 56: return "LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT";
- case 0x1000 + 57: return "LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST";
- case 0x1000 + 58: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNORDERARRAY";
- case 0x1000 + 59: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNORDERARRAY";
- case 0x1000 + 60: return "LVM_SETHOTITEM";
- case 0x1000 + 61: return "LVM_GETHOTITEM";
- case 0x1000 + 62: return "LVM_SETHOTCURSOR";
- case 0x1000 + 63: return "LVM_GETHOTCURSOR";
- case 0x1000 + 64: return "LVM_APPROXIMATEVIEWRECT";
- case 0x1000 + 65: return "LVM_SETWORKAREA";
+ case 0x1000 + 0: return "LVM_GETBKCOLOR";
+ case 0x1000 + 1: return "LVM_SETBKCOLOR";
+ case 0x1000 + 2: return "LVM_GETIMAGELIST";
+ case 0x1000 + 3: return "LVM_SETIMAGELIST";
+ case 0x1000 + 4: return "LVM_GETITEMCOUNT";
+ case 0x1000 + 5: return "LVM_GETITEMA";
+ case 0x1000 + 75: return "LVM_GETITEMW";
+ case 0x1000 + 6: return "LVM_SETITEMA";
+ case 0x1000 + 76: return "LVM_SETITEMW";
+ case 0x1000 + 7: return "LVM_INSERTITEMA";
+ case 0x1000 + 77: return "LVM_INSERTITEMW";
+ case 0x1000 + 8: return "LVM_DELETEITEM";
+ case 0x1000 + 9: return "LVM_DELETEALLITEMS";
+ case 0x1000 + 10: return "LVM_GETCALLBACKMASK";
+ case 0x1000 + 11: return "LVM_SETCALLBACKMASK";
+ case 0x1000 + 12: return "LVM_GETNEXTITEM";
+ case 0x1000 + 13: return "LVM_FINDITEMA";
+ case 0x1000 + 83: return "LVM_FINDITEMW";
+ case 0x1000 + 14: return "LVM_GETITEMRECT";
+ case 0x1000 + 15: return "LVM_SETITEMPOSITION";
+ case 0x1000 + 16: return "LVM_GETITEMPOSITION";
+ case 0x1000 + 17: return "LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHA";
+ case 0x1000 + 87: return "LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHW";
+ case 0x1000 + 18: return "LVM_HITTEST";
+ case 0x1000 + 19: return "LVM_ENSUREVISIBLE";
+ case 0x1000 + 20: return "LVM_SCROLL";
+ case 0x1000 + 21: return "LVM_REDRAWITEMS";
+ case 0x1000 + 22: return "LVM_ARRANGE";
+ case 0x1000 + 23: return "LVM_EDITLABELA";
+ case 0x1000 + 118: return "LVM_EDITLABELW";
+ case 0x1000 + 24: return "LVM_GETEDITCONTROL";
+ case 0x1000 + 25: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNA";
+ case 0x1000 + 95: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNW";
+ case 0x1000 + 26: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNA";
+ case 0x1000 + 96: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNW";
+ case 0x1000 + 27: return "LVM_INSERTCOLUMNA";
+ case 0x1000 + 97: return "LVM_INSERTCOLUMNW";
+ case 0x1000 + 28: return "LVM_DELETECOLUMN";
+ case 0x1000 + 29: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNWIDTH";
+ case 0x1000 + 30: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNWIDTH";
+ case 0x1000 + 31: return "LVM_GETHEADER";
+ case 0x1000 + 33: return "LVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE";
+ case 0x1000 + 34: return "LVM_GETVIEWRECT";
+ case 0x1000 + 35: return "LVM_GETTEXTCOLOR";
+ case 0x1000 + 36: return "LVM_SETTEXTCOLOR";
+ case 0x1000 + 37: return "LVM_GETTEXTBKCOLOR";
+ case 0x1000 + 38: return "LVM_SETTEXTBKCOLOR";
+ case 0x1000 + 39: return "LVM_GETTOPINDEX";
+ case 0x1000 + 40: return "LVM_GETCOUNTPERPAGE";
+ case 0x1000 + 41: return "LVM_GETORIGIN";
+ case 0x1000 + 42: return "LVM_UPDATE";
+ case 0x1000 + 43: return "LVM_SETITEMSTATE";
+ case 0x1000 + 44: return "LVM_GETITEMSTATE";
+ case 0x1000 + 45: return "LVM_GETITEMTEXTA";
+ case 0x1000 + 115: return "LVM_GETITEMTEXTW";
+ case 0x1000 + 46: return "LVM_SETITEMTEXTA";
+ case 0x1000 + 116: return "LVM_SETITEMTEXTW";
+ case 0x1000 + 47: return "LVM_SETITEMCOUNT";
+ case 0x1000 + 48: return "LVM_SORTITEMS";
+ case 0x1000 + 49: return "LVM_SETITEMPOSITION32";
+ case 0x1000 + 50: return "LVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT";
+ case 0x1000 + 51: return "LVM_GETITEMSPACING";
+ case 0x1000 + 52: return "LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA";
+ case 0x1000 + 117: return "LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW";
+ case 0x1000 + 53: return "LVM_SETICONSPACING";
+ case 0x1000 + 54: return "LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE";
+ case 0x1000 + 55: return "LVM_GETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE";
+ case 0x1000 + 56: return "LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT";
+ case 0x1000 + 57: return "LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST";
+ case 0x1000 + 58: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNORDERARRAY";
+ case 0x1000 + 59: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNORDERARRAY";
+ case 0x1000 + 60: return "LVM_SETHOTITEM";
+ case 0x1000 + 61: return "LVM_GETHOTITEM";
+ case 0x1000 + 62: return "LVM_SETHOTCURSOR";
+ case 0x1000 + 63: return "LVM_GETHOTCURSOR";
+ case 0x1000 + 64: return "LVM_APPROXIMATEVIEWRECT";
+ case 0x1000 + 65: return "LVM_SETWORKAREA";
// tree view
- case 0x1100 + 0: return "TVM_INSERTITEMA";
- case 0x1100 + 50: return "TVM_INSERTITEMW";
- case 0x1100 + 1: return "TVM_DELETEITEM";
- case 0x1100 + 2: return "TVM_EXPAND";
- case 0x1100 + 4: return "TVM_GETITEMRECT";
- case 0x1100 + 5: return "TVM_GETCOUNT";
- case 0x1100 + 6: return "TVM_GETINDENT";
- case 0x1100 + 7: return "TVM_SETINDENT";
- case 0x1100 + 8: return "TVM_GETIMAGELIST";
- case 0x1100 + 9: return "TVM_SETIMAGELIST";
- case 0x1100 + 10: return "TVM_GETNEXTITEM";
- case 0x1100 + 11: return "TVM_SELECTITEM";
- case 0x1100 + 12: return "TVM_GETITEMA";
- case 0x1100 + 62: return "TVM_GETITEMW";
- case 0x1100 + 13: return "TVM_SETITEMA";
- case 0x1100 + 63: return "TVM_SETITEMW";
- case 0x1100 + 14: return "TVM_EDITLABELA";
- case 0x1100 + 65: return "TVM_EDITLABELW";
- case 0x1100 + 15: return "TVM_GETEDITCONTROL";
- case 0x1100 + 16: return "TVM_GETVISIBLECOUNT";
- case 0x1100 + 17: return "TVM_HITTEST";
- case 0x1100 + 18: return "TVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE";
- case 0x1100 + 19: return "TVM_SORTCHILDREN";
- case 0x1100 + 20: return "TVM_ENSUREVISIBLE";
- case 0x1100 + 21: return "TVM_SORTCHILDRENCB";
- case 0x1100 + 22: return "TVM_ENDEDITLABELNOW";
- case 0x1100 + 23: return "TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA";
- case 0x1100 + 64: return "TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW";
- case 0x1100 + 24: return "TVM_SETTOOLTIPS";
- case 0x1100 + 25: return "TVM_GETTOOLTIPS";
+ case 0x1100 + 0: return "TVM_INSERTITEMA";
+ case 0x1100 + 50: return "TVM_INSERTITEMW";
+ case 0x1100 + 1: return "TVM_DELETEITEM";
+ case 0x1100 + 2: return "TVM_EXPAND";
+ case 0x1100 + 4: return "TVM_GETITEMRECT";
+ case 0x1100 + 5: return "TVM_GETCOUNT";
+ case 0x1100 + 6: return "TVM_GETINDENT";
+ case 0x1100 + 7: return "TVM_SETINDENT";
+ case 0x1100 + 8: return "TVM_GETIMAGELIST";
+ case 0x1100 + 9: return "TVM_SETIMAGELIST";
+ case 0x1100 + 10: return "TVM_GETNEXTITEM";
+ case 0x1100 + 11: return "TVM_SELECTITEM";
+ case 0x1100 + 12: return "TVM_GETITEMA";
+ case 0x1100 + 62: return "TVM_GETITEMW";
+ case 0x1100 + 13: return "TVM_SETITEMA";
+ case 0x1100 + 63: return "TVM_SETITEMW";
+ case 0x1100 + 14: return "TVM_EDITLABELA";
+ case 0x1100 + 65: return "TVM_EDITLABELW";
+ case 0x1100 + 15: return "TVM_GETEDITCONTROL";
+ case 0x1100 + 16: return "TVM_GETVISIBLECOUNT";
+ case 0x1100 + 17: return "TVM_HITTEST";
+ case 0x1100 + 18: return "TVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE";
+ case 0x1100 + 19: return "TVM_SORTCHILDREN";
+ case 0x1100 + 20: return "TVM_ENSUREVISIBLE";
+ case 0x1100 + 21: return "TVM_SORTCHILDRENCB";
+ case 0x1100 + 22: return "TVM_ENDEDITLABELNOW";
+ case 0x1100 + 23: return "TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA";
+ case 0x1100 + 64: return "TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW";
+ case 0x1100 + 24: return "TVM_SETTOOLTIPS";
+ case 0x1100 + 25: return "TVM_GETTOOLTIPS";
// header
- case 0x1200 + 0: return "HDM_GETITEMCOUNT";
- case 0x1200 + 1: return "HDM_INSERTITEMA";
- case 0x1200 + 10: return "HDM_INSERTITEMW";
- case 0x1200 + 2: return "HDM_DELETEITEM";
- case 0x1200 + 3: return "HDM_GETITEMA";
- case 0x1200 + 11: return "HDM_GETITEMW";
- case 0x1200 + 4: return "HDM_SETITEMA";
- case 0x1200 + 12: return "HDM_SETITEMW";
- case 0x1200 + 5: return "HDM_LAYOUT";
- case 0x1200 + 6: return "HDM_HITTEST";
- case 0x1200 + 7: return "HDM_GETITEMRECT";
- case 0x1200 + 8: return "HDM_SETIMAGELIST";
- case 0x1200 + 9: return "HDM_GETIMAGELIST";
- case 0x1200 + 15: return "HDM_ORDERTOINDEX";
- case 0x1200 + 16: return "HDM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE";
- case 0x1200 + 17: return "HDM_GETORDERARRAY";
- case 0x1200 + 18: return "HDM_SETORDERARRAY";
- case 0x1200 + 19: return "HDM_SETHOTDIVIDER";
+ case 0x1200 + 0: return "HDM_GETITEMCOUNT";
+ case 0x1200 + 1: return "HDM_INSERTITEMA";
+ case 0x1200 + 10: return "HDM_INSERTITEMW";
+ case 0x1200 + 2: return "HDM_DELETEITEM";
+ case 0x1200 + 3: return "HDM_GETITEMA";
+ case 0x1200 + 11: return "HDM_GETITEMW";
+ case 0x1200 + 4: return "HDM_SETITEMA";
+ case 0x1200 + 12: return "HDM_SETITEMW";
+ case 0x1200 + 5: return "HDM_LAYOUT";
+ case 0x1200 + 6: return "HDM_HITTEST";
+ case 0x1200 + 7: return "HDM_GETITEMRECT";
+ case 0x1200 + 8: return "HDM_SETIMAGELIST";
+ case 0x1200 + 9: return "HDM_GETIMAGELIST";
+ case 0x1200 + 15: return "HDM_ORDERTOINDEX";
+ case 0x1200 + 16: return "HDM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE";
+ case 0x1200 + 17: return "HDM_GETORDERARRAY";
+ case 0x1200 + 18: return "HDM_SETORDERARRAY";
+ case 0x1200 + 19: return "HDM_SETHOTDIVIDER";
// tab control
- case 0x1300 + 2: return "TCM_GETIMAGELIST";
- case 0x1300 + 3: return "TCM_SETIMAGELIST";
- case 0x1300 + 4: return "TCM_GETITEMCOUNT";
- case 0x1300 + 5: return "TCM_GETITEMA";
- case 0x1300 + 60: return "TCM_GETITEMW";
- case 0x1300 + 6: return "TCM_SETITEMA";
- case 0x1300 + 61: return "TCM_SETITEMW";
- case 0x1300 + 7: return "TCM_INSERTITEMA";
- case 0x1300 + 62: return "TCM_INSERTITEMW";
- case 0x1300 + 8: return "TCM_DELETEITEM";
- case 0x1300 + 9: return "TCM_DELETEALLITEMS";
- case 0x1300 + 10: return "TCM_GETITEMRECT";
- case 0x1300 + 11: return "TCM_GETCURSEL";
- case 0x1300 + 12: return "TCM_SETCURSEL";
- case 0x1300 + 13: return "TCM_HITTEST";
- case 0x1300 + 14: return "TCM_SETITEMEXTRA";
- case 0x1300 + 40: return "TCM_ADJUSTRECT";
- case 0x1300 + 41: return "TCM_SETITEMSIZE";
- case 0x1300 + 42: return "TCM_REMOVEIMAGE";
- case 0x1300 + 43: return "TCM_SETPADDING";
- case 0x1300 + 44: return "TCM_GETROWCOUNT";
- case 0x1300 + 45: return "TCM_GETTOOLTIPS";
- case 0x1300 + 46: return "TCM_SETTOOLTIPS";
- case 0x1300 + 47: return "TCM_GETCURFOCUS";
- case 0x1300 + 48: return "TCM_SETCURFOCUS";
- case 0x1300 + 49: return "TCM_SETMINTABWIDTH";
- case 0x1300 + 50: return "TCM_DESELECTALL";
+ case 0x1300 + 2: return "TCM_GETIMAGELIST";
+ case 0x1300 + 3: return "TCM_SETIMAGELIST";
+ case 0x1300 + 4: return "TCM_GETITEMCOUNT";
+ case 0x1300 + 5: return "TCM_GETITEMA";
+ case 0x1300 + 60: return "TCM_GETITEMW";
+ case 0x1300 + 6: return "TCM_SETITEMA";
+ case 0x1300 + 61: return "TCM_SETITEMW";
+ case 0x1300 + 7: return "TCM_INSERTITEMA";
+ case 0x1300 + 62: return "TCM_INSERTITEMW";
+ case 0x1300 + 8: return "TCM_DELETEITEM";
+ case 0x1300 + 9: return "TCM_DELETEALLITEMS";
+ case 0x1300 + 10: return "TCM_GETITEMRECT";
+ case 0x1300 + 11: return "TCM_GETCURSEL";
+ case 0x1300 + 12: return "TCM_SETCURSEL";
+ case 0x1300 + 13: return "TCM_HITTEST";
+ case 0x1300 + 14: return "TCM_SETITEMEXTRA";
+ case 0x1300 + 40: return "TCM_ADJUSTRECT";
+ case 0x1300 + 41: return "TCM_SETITEMSIZE";
+ case 0x1300 + 42: return "TCM_REMOVEIMAGE";
+ case 0x1300 + 43: return "TCM_SETPADDING";
+ case 0x1300 + 44: return "TCM_GETROWCOUNT";
+ case 0x1300 + 45: return "TCM_GETTOOLTIPS";
+ case 0x1300 + 46: return "TCM_SETTOOLTIPS";
+ case 0x1300 + 47: return "TCM_GETCURFOCUS";
+ case 0x1300 + 48: return "TCM_SETCURFOCUS";
+ case 0x1300 + 49: return "TCM_SETMINTABWIDTH";
+ case 0x1300 + 50: return "TCM_DESELECTALL";
// toolbar
- case WM_USER+1: return "TB_ENABLEBUTTON";
- case WM_USER+2: return "TB_CHECKBUTTON";
- case WM_USER+3: return "TB_PRESSBUTTON";
- case WM_USER+4: return "TB_HIDEBUTTON";
- case WM_USER+5: return "TB_INDETERMINATE";
- case WM_USER+9: return "TB_ISBUTTONENABLED";
- case WM_USER+10: return "TB_ISBUTTONCHECKED";
- case WM_USER+11: return "TB_ISBUTTONPRESSED";
- case WM_USER+12: return "TB_ISBUTTONHIDDEN";
- case WM_USER+13: return "TB_ISBUTTONINDETERMINATE";
- case WM_USER+17: return "TB_SETSTATE";
- case WM_USER+18: return "TB_GETSTATE";
- case WM_USER+19: return "TB_ADDBITMAP";
- case WM_USER+20: return "TB_ADDBUTTONS";
- case WM_USER+21: return "TB_INSERTBUTTON";
- case WM_USER+22: return "TB_DELETEBUTTON";
- case WM_USER+23: return "TB_GETBUTTON";
- case WM_USER+24: return "TB_BUTTONCOUNT";
- case WM_USER+25: return "TB_COMMANDTOINDEX";
- case WM_USER+26: return "TB_SAVERESTOREA";
- case WM_USER+76: return "TB_SAVERESTOREW";
- case WM_USER+27: return "TB_CUSTOMIZE";
- case WM_USER+28: return "TB_ADDSTRINGA";
- case WM_USER+77: return "TB_ADDSTRINGW";
- case WM_USER+29: return "TB_GETITEMRECT";
- case WM_USER+30: return "TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE";
- case WM_USER+31: return "TB_SETBUTTONSIZE";
- case WM_USER+32: return "TB_SETBITMAPSIZE";
- case WM_USER+33: return "TB_AUTOSIZE";
- case WM_USER+35: return "TB_GETTOOLTIPS";
- case WM_USER+36: return "TB_SETTOOLTIPS";
- case WM_USER+37: return "TB_SETPARENT";
- case WM_USER+39: return "TB_SETROWS";
- case WM_USER+40: return "TB_GETROWS";
- case WM_USER+42: return "TB_SETCMDID";
- case WM_USER+43: return "TB_CHANGEBITMAP";
- case WM_USER+44: return "TB_GETBITMAP";
- case WM_USER+45: return "TB_GETBUTTONTEXTA";
- case WM_USER+75: return "TB_GETBUTTONTEXTW";
- case WM_USER+46: return "TB_REPLACEBITMAP";
- case WM_USER+47: return "TB_SETINDENT";
- case WM_USER+48: return "TB_SETIMAGELIST";
- case WM_USER+49: return "TB_GETIMAGELIST";
- case WM_USER+50: return "TB_LOADIMAGES";
- case WM_USER+51: return "TB_GETRECT";
- case WM_USER+52: return "TB_SETHOTIMAGELIST";
- case WM_USER+53: return "TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST";
- case WM_USER+54: return "TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST";
- case WM_USER+55: return "TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST";
- case WM_USER+56: return "TB_SETSTYLE";
- case WM_USER+57: return "TB_GETSTYLE";
- case WM_USER+58: return "TB_GETBUTTONSIZE";
- case WM_USER+59: return "TB_SETBUTTONWIDTH";
- case WM_USER+60: return "TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS";
- case WM_USER+61: return "TB_GETTEXTROWS";
- case WM_USER+41: return "TB_GETBITMAPFLAGS";
+ case WM_USER+1: return "TB_ENABLEBUTTON";
+ case WM_USER+2: return "TB_CHECKBUTTON";
+ case WM_USER+3: return "TB_PRESSBUTTON";
+ case WM_USER+4: return "TB_HIDEBUTTON";
+ case WM_USER+5: return "TB_INDETERMINATE";
+ case WM_USER+9: return "TB_ISBUTTONENABLED";
+ case WM_USER+10: return "TB_ISBUTTONCHECKED";
+ case WM_USER+11: return "TB_ISBUTTONPRESSED";
+ case WM_USER+12: return "TB_ISBUTTONHIDDEN";
+ case WM_USER+13: return "TB_ISBUTTONINDETERMINATE";
+ case WM_USER+17: return "TB_SETSTATE";
+ case WM_USER+18: return "TB_GETSTATE";
+ case WM_USER+19: return "TB_ADDBITMAP";
+ case WM_USER+20: return "TB_ADDBUTTONS";
+ case WM_USER+21: return "TB_INSERTBUTTON";
+ case WM_USER+22: return "TB_DELETEBUTTON";
+ case WM_USER+23: return "TB_GETBUTTON";
+ case WM_USER+24: return "TB_BUTTONCOUNT";
+ case WM_USER+25: return "TB_COMMANDTOINDEX";
+ case WM_USER+26: return "TB_SAVERESTOREA";
+ case WM_USER+76: return "TB_SAVERESTOREW";
+ case WM_USER+27: return "TB_CUSTOMIZE";
+ case WM_USER+28: return "TB_ADDSTRINGA";
+ case WM_USER+77: return "TB_ADDSTRINGW";
+ case WM_USER+29: return "TB_GETITEMRECT";
+ case WM_USER+30: return "TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE";
+ case WM_USER+31: return "TB_SETBUTTONSIZE";
+ case WM_USER+32: return "TB_SETBITMAPSIZE";
+ case WM_USER+33: return "TB_AUTOSIZE";
+ case WM_USER+35: return "TB_GETTOOLTIPS";
+ case WM_USER+36: return "TB_SETTOOLTIPS";
+ case WM_USER+37: return "TB_SETPARENT";
+ case WM_USER+39: return "TB_SETROWS";
+ case WM_USER+40: return "TB_GETROWS";
+ case WM_USER+42: return "TB_SETCMDID";
+ case WM_USER+43: return "TB_CHANGEBITMAP";
+ case WM_USER+44: return "TB_GETBITMAP";
+ case WM_USER+45: return "TB_GETBUTTONTEXTA";
+ case WM_USER+75: return "TB_GETBUTTONTEXTW";
+ case WM_USER+46: return "TB_REPLACEBITMAP";
+ case WM_USER+47: return "TB_SETINDENT";
+ case WM_USER+48: return "TB_SETIMAGELIST";
+ case WM_USER+49: return "TB_GETIMAGELIST";
+ case WM_USER+50: return "TB_LOADIMAGES";
+ case WM_USER+51: return "TB_GETRECT";
+ case WM_USER+52: return "TB_SETHOTIMAGELIST";
+ case WM_USER+53: return "TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST";
+ case WM_USER+54: return "TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST";
+ case WM_USER+55: return "TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST";
+ case WM_USER+56: return "TB_SETSTYLE";
+ case WM_USER+57: return "TB_GETSTYLE";
+ case WM_USER+58: return "TB_GETBUTTONSIZE";
+ case WM_USER+59: return "TB_SETBUTTONWIDTH";
+ case WM_USER+60: return "TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS";
+ case WM_USER+61: return "TB_GETTEXTROWS";
+ case WM_USER+41: return "TB_GETBITMAPFLAGS";
#endif //WIN32
- default:
- static char s_szBuf[128];
- sprintf(s_szBuf, "<unknown message = %d>", message);
- return s_szBuf;
- }
+ default:
+ static char s_szBuf[128];
+ sprintf(s_szBuf, "<unknown message = %d>", message);
+ return s_szBuf;
+ }
}
#endif //__WXDEBUG__
+
+static void TranslateKbdEventToMouse(wxWindowMSW *win,
+ int *x, int *y, WPARAM *flags)
+{
+ // construct the key mask
+ WPARAM& fwKeys = *flags;
+
+ fwKeys = MK_RBUTTON;
+ if ( wxIsCtrlDown() )
+ fwKeys |= MK_CONTROL;
+ if ( wxIsShiftDown() )
+ fwKeys |= MK_SHIFT;
+
+ // simulate right mouse button click
+ DWORD dwPos = ::GetMessagePos();
+ *x = GET_X_LPARAM(dwPos);
+ *y = GET_Y_LPARAM(dwPos);
+
+ win->ScreenToClient(x, y);
+}
+
+static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win)
+{
+ // prepare the DC
+ TEXTMETRIC tm;
+ HWND hwnd = GetHwndOf(win);
+ HDC hdc = ::GetDC(hwnd);
+
+#if !wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY
+ // and select the current font into it
+ HFONT hfont = GetHfontOf(win->GetFont());
+ if ( hfont )
+ {
+ hfont = (HFONT)::SelectObject(hdc, hfont);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ // finally retrieve the text metrics from it
+ GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);
+
+#if !wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY
+ // and clean up
+ if ( hfont )
+ {
+ (void)::SelectObject(hdc, hfont);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ ::ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc);
+
+ return tm;
+}
+
+// Find the wxWindow at the current mouse position, returning the mouse
+// position.
+wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPointer(wxPoint& pt)
+{
+ pt = wxGetMousePosition();
+ return wxFindWindowAtPoint(pt);
+}
+
+wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt)
+{
+ POINT pt2;
+ pt2.x = pt.x;
+ pt2.y = pt.y;
+ HWND hWndHit = ::WindowFromPoint(pt2);
+
+ wxWindow* win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWndHit) ;
+ HWND hWnd = hWndHit;
+
+ // Try to find a window with a wxWindow associated with it
+ while (!win && (hWnd != 0))
+ {
+ hWnd = ::GetParent(hWnd);
+ win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd) ;
+ }
+ return win;
+}
+
+// Get the current mouse position.
+wxPoint wxGetMousePosition()
+{
+ POINT pt;
+ GetCursorPos( & pt );
+
+ return wxPoint(pt.x, pt.y);
+}
+
projects / wxWidgets.git / blobdiff